null  null
QT-6600
Touch Screen Smart Terminal
————————————————————————
Programming Manual
Version 1.0 November 2008
C
C
c
Preface
Document warranty
The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice.
CASIO Computer Co., Ltd. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material,
including, but not limited to the implied warranties of marketability and fitness for a
particular purpose. CASIO Computer Co., Ltd. shall not be liable for errors contained
herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing,
performance, or use of this manual.
Printing history
Manual version
Revised points
P-2
Software version
Preface
Preconditions for reading this manual
We suggest two preconditions for reading this manual.
1. A basic understanding of how the QT-6600 series devices must be configured/installed.
2. An understanding of the operational needs of restaurant, bar, fast food and/or general
merchandise outlets.
How to use this manual
This manual is designed to help make your programming chores simpler and easier.
Programming procedures in this manual are represented using graphics that show you the
keys you have to press or the data you need to input. Worksheets help you determine the
programming codes you need to input to program the terminal. We recommend that you
use the general procedure described below for programming.
General programming procedure
1. Determine the features and functions that you want to program to the terminal and use
the worksheets to determine the programming codes. It might be a good idea to make
copies of the worksheets you need before you fill them out.
2. Initialize the terminal.
3. Allocate memory in accordance with the features and functions you are about to
program.
4. Perform the programming procedures you need, inputting the programming code from
the worksheets.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-3
Contents
1. Machine Initialization ................................................................ P-8
1-1. How to initialize the terminal ...................................................................... P-8
1-2. How to initialize the terminal (add / replace one terminal) ....................... P-11
1-3. How to flag clear the terminal (or INIT2) ..................................................P-11
2. Program 5 ................................................................................ P-14
2-1.
2-2.
2-3.
2-4.
2-5.
2-6.
Programming memory allocation (daily & program) ................................. P-14
Programming memory allocation (hostitality features) ............................. P-15
Programming memory allocation (scanning system) ............................... P-15
Programming memory allocation (external devices) ................................ P-16
Programming memory allocation (periodic & work) ................................. P-16
Programming memory allocation file by file .............................................P-17
3. Program 4 ................................................................................ P-24
3-1.
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
Programming key allocation .....................................................................P-24
Programming key allocation (key location change) .................................. P-24
Programming key allocation (key attribution) ...........................................P-26
Programming key allocation (key delete) ................................................. P-27
Programming key allocation on a different menu sheet ........................... P-27
Programming key allocation on a specific menu sheet ............................ P-27
4. Program 3 ................................................................................ P-32
4-1. Programming machine features ............................................................... P-32
4-1-1 Programming pulldown group.....................................................................P-32
4-1-2 Programming set menu table .....................................................................P-33
4-1-3 Programming arrangement.........................................................................P-33
4-1-4 Programming batch X/Z report ...................................................................P-33
4-1-5 Programming the general feature ...............................................................P-35
4-1-6 Programming scheduler .............................................................................P-48
4-1-7 Programming check print ...........................................................................P-49
4-1-9 Programming tax table ...............................................................................P-50
4-1-8 Programming table analysis .......................................................................P-50
4-1-10 Programming void table ..............................................................................P-54
4-1-11 Programming system connection ...............................................................P-54
4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter .......................................................................P-55
4-1-13 Programming printer connection ................................................................P-59
4-1-14 Programming time zone .............................................................................P-60
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance ................................................................P-61
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link .....................................................................P-63
4-1-17 Programming mix & match .........................................................................P-63
4-1-18 Programming IDC link ................................................................................P-64
4-1-19 Programming Euro .....................................................................................P-64
4-1-20 Programming auto program control ............................................................P-65
4-1-21 Programming Screen color control .............................................................P-66
4-1-22 Programming Australian Features ..............................................................P-67
4-1-23 Programming 22nd address .......................................................................P-67
4-1-24 Programming check window .......................................................................P-68
4-1-25 Programming customer control ..................................................................P-69
4-1-26 Programming customer group ....................................................................P-69
4-1-27 Programming character conversion table for CF X/Z data ......................... P-70
4-1-28 Programming keyboard color theme ..........................................................P-70
4-1-29 Programming keyboard color definition ......................................................P-71
P-4
Contents
4-1-30 Programming TCP/IP .................................................................................P-71
4-1-31 Programming external device serial number ..............................................P-71
4-1-32 Programming additional order control ........................................................P-72
4-1-33 Programming FTP login password .............................................................P-72
4-1-34 Programming FTP server name .................................................................P-73
4-1-35 Programming FTP translation file ...............................................................P-73
4-1-36 Programming PC Keyboard ........................................................................P-73
4-2. Programming clerks .................................................................................P-75
4-2-1
4-2-2
4-2-3
4-2-4
4-2-5
4-2-6
4-2-7
4-2-8
Programming clerk control .........................................................................P-75
Programming operation ..............................................................................P-75
Programming commission rate ...................................................................P-80
Programming table range ...........................................................................P-80
Programming clerk control by range...........................................................P-81
Programming clerk detail ............................................................................P-86
Programming clerk key ID ..........................................................................P-87
Programming clerk pop-up window ............................................................P-87
4-3. Programming key features .......................................................................P-88
4-3-1 Programming PLU features ........................................................................P-88
4-3-2 Programming PLU [email protected] features .............................................................P-89
4-3-3 Programming subdepartment features .......................................................P-90
4-3-4 Programming department features .............................................................P-91
4-3-5 Programming by range ...............................................................................P-92
4-3-6 Programming individual program ................................................................P-93
4-3-7 Programming key function program ...........................................................P-93
4-3-8 Programming shift PLU program ..............................................................P-118
4-3-9 Programming PLU by Pulldown group .....................................................P-118
4-3-10 Programming transaction key (free function) ............................................P-119
4-3-11 Programming free function list ..................................................................P-120
4-3-12 Programming additional PLU character....................................................P-120
4-3-13 Programming tare table ............................................................................P-121
4-3-14 Programming additional item program .....................................................P-121
4-4 Scanning system....................................................................................P-123
4-4-1
4-4-2
4-4-3
4-4-4
4-4-5
4-4-6
Programming direct maintenance ............................................................P-123
Programming batch maintenance ............................................................P-123
Programming multi EAN file .....................................................................P-124
Programming NLU file ..............................................................................P-124
Programming Non PLU table....................................................................P-124
Programming scan mix & match ..............................................................P-124
5. Program 2 .............................................................................. P-126
5-1. Character programming .........................................................................P-126
5-1-1 Character programming keyboard ............................................................P-126
5-1-2. Editing characters .....................................................................................P-128
5-1-3 After completing to input characters .........................................................P-128
5-2. Programming item descriptors ............................................................... P-129
5-2-1
5-2-2
5-2-3
5-2-4
5-2-5
5-2-6
5-2-7
5-2-8
Programming PLU item descriptors .........................................................P-129
Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors ...........................................P-129
Programming subdepartment descriptors ................................................P-129
Programming department descriptors ......................................................P-130
Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range ......P-130
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd .......................................................P-130
Programming function key descriptors .....................................................P-130
Programming PLU descriptors by pulldown group ...................................P-131
5-3. Programming characters and messages ...............................................P-132
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-5
Contents
5-3-1 Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt messageP-132
5-3-2 Programming text recall message ............................................................P-132
5-3-3 Programming order character link ............................................................P-132
5-3-4 Programming fixed totalizer descriptors ...................................................P-133
5-3-5 Programming group character ..................................................................P-133
5-3-6 Programming special characters ..............................................................P-134
5-3-7 Programming report headers ...................................................................P-135
5-3-8 Programming endorsement message ......................................................P-135
5-3-9 Programming GT character ......................................................................P-136
5-3-10 Programming customer title .....................................................................P-136
5-3-11 Programming menu title ...........................................................................P-136
5-3-12 Programming sign off reasons .................................................................P-138
6. Program 1 .............................................................................. P-140
6-1. Presetting date and time ........................................................................P-140
6-2. Programming unit price and rate ............................................................P-140
6-2-1
6-2-2
6-2-3
6-2-4
6-2-5
6-2-6
Programming PLU unit price ....................................................................P-140
Programming PLU 2nd unit price .............................................................P-140
Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price ...............................P-141
Programming subdepartment unit price ...................................................P-141
Programming department unit price .........................................................P-141
Programming PLU / PLU [email protected] / subdepartment / department unit price by range
P-142
6-2-7 Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price ..........................................P-142
6-2-8 Programming amount or rate to keys .......................................................P-142
6-2-9 Programming unit price of shift PLU .........................................................P-143
6-2-10 Programming unit price of pulldown group ...............................................P-143
6-2-11 Programming PLU unit price and department link ...................................P-144
7. Program 6 .............................................................................. P-146
7-1. Program read general procedure ...........................................................P-146
7-2. Program read report sample ..................................................................P-147
7-2-1
7-2-2
7-2-3
7-2-4
7-2-5
7-2-6
7-2-7
7-2-8
Unit price / quantity...................................................................................P-147
Item descriptor..........................................................................................P-148
Character and message ...........................................................................P-148
Machine feature ........................................................................................P-150
Clerk P-185
Key feature ...............................................................................................P-198
Keyboard ..................................................................................................P-204
Memory allocation ....................................................................................P-204
Index ............................................................................................. P-207
Program 1 mode Hierarchy
Program 2 mode Hierarchy
Program 4 mode Hierarchy
Program 3 mode Hierarchy
Program 6 mode Hierarchy
P-6
.................................................................................P-211
.................................................................................P-211
.................................................................................P-211
.................................................................................P-212
.................................................................................P-214
1. Machine Initialization ................................................................. P-8
1-1. How to initialize the terminal ...................................................................... P-8
1-2. How to initialize the terminal (add / replace one terminal) ........................P-11
1-3. How to flag clear the terminal (or INIT2) ................................................... P-11
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-7
Initialization
1. Machine Initialization
1-1. How to initialize the terminal
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and terminals of this cluster should be turned off.
2. Connect all of the peripheral devices (such as printer, display etc.) to terminal.
3. Connect all terminals by inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of a terminal.
5. Turn on this terminal with pressing the initialize switch and release after beep sound.
INIT
Copyright(C) 2008
CASIO COMPUTER CO.,LTD.
All rights reserved.
ROM VER.
xxxxxx xxxx
CREATE xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx
QT-6600
Version x.xx
APL VER.
xxxxxx xxxx
Init Sw
C
7
8
9
4
5
6
1
2
3
0
OK
6. After releasing the key, enter “20000” (U.S.), “10000” (other area: English), “40000”
(other area: Germany), “50000” (other area: French), “60000” (other area: Spanish) and
press the <OK> key.
P-8
Enter terminal ID and IP address
ID & IP ADDRESS
Terminal ID
ENTER ID
——— Terminal ID: 0, 1 ~ 32
OK?
Yes
——— Press <YES> to continue.
• Case 1: If your system has no LAN device = “0”
OK?
——— Press <YES> to continue.
Yes
• Case 2: Terminal ID = “1”
IP ADDRESS
DHCP
FTP Server
MANUAL
192.168.
SERVER
Yes
OK?
Yes
0.
1
——— Enter IP address if you want to change.
——— Select “CLIENT”, if you want to use this terminal as a DHCP client.
——— Select <YES>, if you want to use this terminal as an FTP server.
Select <NO>, if you want to use this terminal as a client.
——— Press <YES> to continue.
* The IP address of each terminal should be the unique number from 192.168. 0. 1 to
192.168.255.255. (Do not change the default value, if you don’t have enough knowledge
about IP address.)
• Case 3: Terminal ID = “2” ~ “32”
IP ADDRESS
AUTO
FTP Server
OK?
Yes
Yes
——— Select “MANUAL”, if you want to enter IP address
manually.* (IP address setting line will appear on the
screen.)
——— Press <YES> to continue.
* Do not select “IP ADDRESS MANUAL”, if you don’t have enough knowledge about
IP address.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-9
Initialization
Declare terminal configuration
Date
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check Cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer1
R/J/Order Printer2
R/J/Order Printer3
Slip Printer
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
No
No
No
No
——— Enter date if it is wrong, in YY-MM-DD order.
——— Enter time if it is wrong, in HH-MM order.
——— Within 12 characters
——— Master / Backup master / Satellite / Self master
——— Enter cluster No. “1” ~ “9”, if using check cluster system.
——— Select the appropriate RS-232C printer.
OK?
YES
——— Press <YES> to continue.
——— Select the appropriate slip printer.
Program restoration
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000001
AUTO PGM
1.No Restore / Receive
2.PGM Restore (CF Card)
3.PGM Receive (Inline)
——— Select, if no need to download any data.
——— Select to download a program data from CF card.
——— Select to download a program data from other terminal.
• Restore from CF card.
Insert the CF card into the slot and select the appropriate file and press the <YES> key.
• Program receive from other terminal.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
Receive Data
All PGM
PGM Receive from
MC #05
OK?
P-10
YES
000001
——— All Data (including totalizer) / All PGM (program only)
——— Select the machine to send the data.
1-2. How to initialize the terminal (add / replace one terminal)
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and terminals of this cluster should be turned off.
2. Connect all of the peripheral devices (such as printer, display etc.) to this terminal.
3. Connect the added / replaced terminal to inline.
Operation:
Follow the steps shown on the page 8 to 10.
1-3. How to flag clear the terminal (or INIT2)
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and this terminal should be turned off.
2. Check the connection of all peripheral devices (such as printer, display etc.) of this
terminal.
3. Check the connection of this terminal to inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of this terminal.
5. Turn on this terminal with pressing the <DISP ON/OFF> key.
6. Press <OK> key.
FC
Copyright(C) 2008
CASIO COMPUTER CO.,LTD.
All rights reserved.
ROM VER.
xxxxxx xxxx
CREATE xxxx-xx-xx xx:xx
QT-6600
Version x.xx
APL VER.
xxxxxx xxxx
OK
7. Select “1. Flag Clear” and press <YES> key to flag clear.
or select “2.Init2” and press <YES> key and enter “8888888888” and <YES> key to
Init 2.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-11
Initialization
P-12
2. Program 5 ................................................................................. P-14
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program) ................................. P-14
2-2. Programming memory allocation (hostitality feature) ............................... P-15
2-3. Programming memory allocation (scanning system) ............................... P-15
2-4. Programming memory allocation (external devices) ................................ P-16
2-5. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work) ................................. P-16
2-6. Programming memory allocation file by file ............................................. P-17
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-13
Program 5
2. Program 5
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program)
Location: <PGM5> → 1.Memory Alloc → 1.Daily & PGM
Daily & PGM
Cashier/Clerk
Check Tracking Tables
Items/Table
Item Blocks
Table Analysis
PLU
PLU [email protected]
Shift PLU
Pulldown Group
Set Menu Table
Sub-Department
Department
Group
Receipt/SLIP Msg
Text Recall
Order Char Link
Void Table
Free Function
Mix&Match
Time Zone
Hourly Production
Hourly Labor
Employee
Job Code
IDC Link
IDC(1)
IDC(2)
IDC(3)
BMP Picture
Additional BMP Picture
RAM
P-14
22688
———
15 ———
60 ———
60 ———
1 ———
10 ———
324 ———
324 ———
108 ———
20 ———
30 ———
0 ———
4 ———
20 ———
3 ———
99 ———
10 ———
10 ———
100 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
Title
Cashier/clerk record No. (0 ~ 99)
Check tracking table record No. (0 ~ 200, ~ 400: using customer func.)
No. of items per table (0 ~ 1000)
No. of item blocks (0 ~ 9)
Table analysis record No. (0 ~ 99)
PLU record No. (0 ~ 9999)
PLU 2nd unit price record No. (0 ~ 9999)
Shift PLU record No. (0 ~ 9999)
Pulldown group record No. (0 ~ 999)
Set menu table record No. (0 ~ 999)
Subdepartment record No. (0 ~ 99)
Department record No. (0 ~ 99)
Group record No. (0 ~ 99)
Receipt/Slip message record No. (0 ~ 96)
Text recall record No. (0 ~ 9999)
Order character record No. (0 ~ 99)
Void table record No. (0 ~ 99)
Free function record No. (0 ~ 999)
Mix & match record No. (0 ~ 99)
Time zone record No. (0 ~ 24)
Hourly production record No. (0 ~ 96)
Hourly labor record No. (0 ~ 96)
Employee record No. (0 ~ 99)
Job code record No. (0 ~ 50)
IDC link record No. (0 ~ 999)
IDC (1) record No. (0 ~ 9999)
IDC (2) record No. (0 ~ 9999)
IDC (3) record No. (0 ~ 9999)
BMP picture file (file-910) record No. (0 ~ 85500)
Additional BMP picture file (file-909) record No. (0 ~44100)
——— The remainder of the memory. (bytes)
2-2. Programming memory allocation (hostitality features)
Operation: <PGM5> → 1.Memory Alloc → 2.Hospitality Features
Hospitality Feature
Simple Time/Atten Records
Sign off Reasons
Free Function List
Additional PLU Character
User Logo
Check Window 21
Check Window 22
Check Window 23
Keys for Check Window
Additional Item PGM
Add. Order Control
RAM
———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
Title
Simple Time & attendance (file-013) record No. (0 ~ 9999)
Sign off reasons (file-944) record No. (0 ~ 10)
Free function list (file-946) record No. (0 ~ 99)
Additional PLU character (file-941) record No. (0 ~ 9999)
User logo (file-796) record No. (0 or 9833)
Check window 21 (file-797) record No. (0 or 9833)
Check window 22 (file-798) record No. (0 or 9833)
Check window 23 (file-799) record No. (0 or 9833)
Keys for check full-screen window (file-795) record No. (240)
Additional item program (file-814) record No. (0 ~ 9999) *1
Additional order control (file-822) record No. (0 or 16)
——— The remainder of the memory. (bytes)
22688
*1: If not “0”, allocate the same number of file-004 automatically.
2-3. Programming memory allocation (scanning system)
Operation: <PGM5> → 1.Memory Alloc → 3.Scanning System
Scanning System
Scanning System
Price 2 Scanning PLU
Price 3 Scanning PLU
Price 4 Scanning PLU
Price 5 Scanning PLU
Price 6 Scanning PLU
Price 7 Scanning PLU
Additional Scan Reports
Batch Naintenance
Multi EAN File
NLU File
Non PLU Table
Scan Mix&Match
VMP File
RAM
———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
22688
Title
Scanning system (file-016) record No. (0 ~ 100000)
2nd price of scanning PLU (file-116) record No. (0 ~ 100000) *1
3rd price of scanning PLU (file-216) record No. (0 ~ 100000) *1
4th price of scanning PLU (file-316) record No. (0 ~ 100000) *1
5th price of scanning PLU (file-416) record No. (0 ~ 100000) *1
6th price of scanning PLU (file-516) record No. (0 ~ 100000) *1
7th price of scanning PLU (file-616) record No. (0 ~ 100000) *1
Additional scan PLU report (file-716) record No. (0 ~ 100000) *1
Batch maintenance file (file-070) record No. (0 ~ 1000)
Multi EAN link file (file-075) record No. (0 ~ 100000)
NLU file (file-077) record No. (0 ~ 999)
Non PLU table file (file-976) record No. (0 ~ 999)
Scan Mix 6 match file (file-056) record No. (0~ 99)
Add on VMP file (file-040) record No. (0 ~ 999)
——— The remainder of the memory. (bytes)
*1: If not “0”, allocate the same number of file-016 automatically.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-15
Program 5
2-4. Programming memory allocation (external devices)
Operation: <PGM5> → 1.Memory Alloc → 4.External Device
Ext. Devices
External REG Buffer
External Device Number
External Journal Buffer
External IDC Buffer
OMS Fax Message Buffer
RAM
22688
———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
0 ———
Title
External register buufer file (file-983) record No. (0 ~ rec. No. of file-036)
External device serial number file (file-920) record No. (0 ~ 4)
External journal buffer file (file-848) record No. (0 ~ rec. No. of file-048)
External IDC buffer file (file-863) record No. (0 ~ rec. No. of file 063)
OMS fax message (file-835) record No. (0 ~ 121)
——— The remainder of the memory. (bytes)
2-5. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work)
Operation: <PGM5> → 1.Memory Alloc → 5.Periodic & Work
Periodic & Work
PLU
Periodic(1) Totalizer
Periodic(2) Totalizer
Consolidation & Work
Except PLU
Periodic(1) Totalizer
Periodic(2) Totalizer
Consolidation & Work
RAM
22688
———
———
YES———
NO———
YES———
———
YES———
NO———
YES———
Title
for PLU totalizers and counters
Allocate periodic 1 totalizer (YES) or no (NO)
Allocate periodic 2 totalizer (YES) or no (NO)
Allocate consolidation and work file (YES) or no (NO)
for totalizers and counters except PLU
Allocate periodic 1 totalizer (YES) or no (NO)
Allocate periodic 2 totalizer (YES) or no (NO)
Allocate consolidation and work file (YES) or no (NO)
——— The remainder of the memory. (bytes)
Note:
The Flag Clear operation resets “YES” status. However it does not reallocate the files
that were already allocated on this screen.
P-16
2-6. Programming memory allocation file by file
If you want to allocate files file by file, follow the procedures below.
Operation: <PGM5> → 1.Memory Alloc → 6.Individual File
——— Title
85——— File name/allocated record No.
85
Designate the appropriate file, enter the record No. and press <YES>.
0
85
85
0
85
85
Individual File
FILE001
FILE101
FILE201
FILE301
FILE401
FILE501
FILE601
FILE002
:
RAM
612
——— The remainder of the memory. (bytes)
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-17
Program 5
File
File description
No.
System files
074
Physical key table
174
Touch screen key table
274
Character key table
900
TCP/IP control
901
System connection table
902
I/O parameter
903
Printer connection table
904
Consecutive number
905
Auto program control
906
Display area color definition
907
Keyboard color definition
908
Keyboard color theme
911
FTP login password
912
FTP server name
913
FTP trans file
999
System error log
Function and total files
001
Fixed totalizer
101
(periodic total 1)
201
(periodic total 2)
301
(daily consolidation)
401
(periodic 1 consolidation)
501
(periodic 2 consolidation)
601
(consolidation work)
002
Transaction key
102
(periodic total 1)
202
(periodic total 2)
302
(daily consolidation)
402
(periodic 1 consolidation)
502
(periodic 2 consolidation)
602
(consolidation work)
003
Subdepartment
103
(periodic total 1)
203
(periodic total 2)
303
(daily consolidation)
403
(periodic 1 consolidation)
503
(periodic 2 consolidation)
603
(consolidation work)
004
PLU
104
(periodic total 1)
204
(periodic total 2)
304
(daily consolidation)
404
(periodic 1 consolidation)
504
(periodic 2 consolidation)
604
(consolidation work)
005
Department
105
(periodic total 1)
205
(periodic total 2)
305
(daily consolidation)
405
(periodic 1 consolidation)
505
(periodic 2 consolidation)
605
(consolidation work)
P-18
Record Max. No. Default
length of records rec No.
Description
Attribution
Allocatable
48
33
9
11
24
8
27
3
3
8
9
9
20
98
44
11
2
2280
152
26
33
20
34
11
20
99
100
100
10
9
99
100
2
2280
152
26
33
20
34
11
20
10
100
100
10
9
10
100
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
26
10
10
10
10
10
10
42
10
10
10
10
10
10
63
15
15
15
15
15
15
100
30
30
30
30
30
30
66
15
15
15
15
15
15
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
999
999
999
999
999
999
999
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
85
85
0
85
85
0
85
200
200
0
200
200
0
200
10
10
0
10
10
0
10
900
900
0
900
900
0
900
10
10
0
10
10
0
10
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
File
No.
006
106
206
306
406
506
606
009
109
209
309
409
509
609
010
110
210
310
410
510
610
012
112
212
312
412
512
612
016
116
216
316
416
516
616
716
076
018
118
218
318
418
518
618
020
120
220
320
420
520
620
051
151
251
351
451
551
651
File description
Group
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Hourly sales
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Monthly sales
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Void reason
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Scanning PLU
Scanning PLU shift (2)
Scanning PLU shift (3)
Scanning PLU shift (4)
Scanning PLU shift (5)
Scanning PLU shift (6)
Scanning PLU shift (7)
Additional scan PLU report
Scanning PLU index
Table analysis
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Grand total
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Mix and match
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Record
length
26
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
29
10
10
10
10
10
10
53
30
30
30
30
30
30
11
8
33
10
10
10
10
10
10
24
8
8
8
8
8
8
76
10
10
10
10
10
10
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Max. No. Default
of records rec No.
99
10
99
10
99
0
99
10
99
10
99
0
99
10
96
24
96
24
96
0
96
24
96
24
96
0
96
24
32
32
32
32
32
0
32
32
32
32
32
0
32
32
99
10
99
10
99
0
99
10
99
10
99
0
99
10
100000
0
100000
0
100000
0
100000
0
100000
0
100000
0
100000
0
100000
0
100002
0
99
10
99
10
99
0
99
10
99
10
99
0
99
10
3
3
3
3
3
0
3
3
3
3
3
0
3
3
99
0
99
0
99
0
99
0
99
0
99
0
99
0
Description
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
Attribution
Pgm/Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Pgm/Sales
Pgm/Sales
Pgm/Sales
Pgm/Sales
Pgm/Sales
Pgm/Sales
Pgm/Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Allocatable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
P-19
Program 5
File
File description
No.
055
Shift PLU
155
(periodic total 1)
255
(periodic total 2)
355
(daily consolidation)
455
(periodic 1 consolidation)
555
(periodic 2 consolidation)
655
(consolidation work)
056
Scan mix and match
156
(periodic total 1)
256
(periodic total 2)
356
(daily consolidation)
456
(periodic 1 consolidation)
556
(periodic 2 consolidation)
656
(consolidation work)
Hourly item
021
Hourly item
121
(periodic total 1)
221
(periodic total 2)
321
(daily consolidation)
421
(periodic 1 consolidation)
521
(periodic 2 consolidation)
621
(consolidation work)
031
Hourly item link
Clerk
007
Clerk
030
Clerk detail link
027
Clerk (i-Button) key ID
011
Clerk detail
111
(periodic total 1)
211
(periodic total 2)
311
(daily consolidation)
411
(periodic 1 consolidation)
511
(periodic 2 consolidation)
611
(consolidation work)
Time & Attendance
013
Simple time & attendance
014
Hourly / Labor
114
(periodic total 1)
214
(periodic total 2)
314
(daily consolidation)
414
(periodic 1 consolidation)
514
(periodic 2 consolidation)
614
(consolidation work)
019
Work time
319
(daily consolidation)
800
Time zone
801
Employee
802
Job code
803
Schedule
806
Time & Attendance work
944
Clock-out reason
Check
015
Check Index
060
Check detail
066
Check detail work
Record Max. No. Default
length of records rec No.
119
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
70
9999
0
49
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
99
0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
4
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
480
1920
0
0
0
0
0
0
480
97
4
17
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
99
99
300
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
10
10
10
100
100
0
100
100
0
100
17
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
18
18
6
36
22
11
99
16
9999
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
4158
4158
24
99
50
2079
1
10
96
0
0
0
0
0
0
420
0
24
10
5
210
1
320
100
100
4000
200000
2000
200
4880
244
Description
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
Attribution
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Allocatable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Program
Program
Program
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Note: Never allocate “Shift PLU” files, if you use “Accumulation for menu totaling specification”.
P-20
File
File description
No.
Customer
037
Customer
042
Customer group
142
(periodic total 1)
242
(periodic total 2)
342
(daily consolidation)
442
(periodic 1 consolidation)
542
(periodic 2 consolidation)
642
(consolidation work)
123
Customer title
Arrangement
038
Arrange group (1)
138
Arrange group (2)
238
Arrange group (3)
338
Arrange group (4)
438
Arrange group (5)
IDC
057
IDC (1)
357
(consolidation file)
657
(consolidation work)
058
IDC (2)
358
(consolidation file)
658
(consolidation work)
059
IDC (3)
359
(consolidation file)
659
(consolidation work)
063
IDC buffer
804
IDC link
Program / message / buffer
022
General control
023
Special character
024
Report header
025
Tax table
026
Pulldown group
028
Set menu table
029
Batch X/Z
032
Receipt / slip message
033
Endorse message
035
Print buffer
036
Registration buffer
039
Character recall
040
Add on/VMP
041
Check print
044
Display buffer
047
Graphic logo
048
Electronic journal (normal)
648
EJ collection (normal)
050
Electronic journal (intelligent)
650
EJ collection (intelligent)
054
PLU 2nd @
062
Scheduler
065
Order character
070
Batch maintenance
075
Multi EAN link
077
NLU table
Record Max. No. Default
length of records rec No.
170
122
15
15
15
15
15
15
8
4000
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
9
100
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
24
24
24
24
24
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
450
0
0
0
0
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
6
100000
100000
100000
100000
100000
100000
100000
100000
100000
9999
999
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
10
16
16
74
921
80
10
40
40
80
100
40
51
3
40
13
44
41
101
101
50
14
16
39
12
12
50
99
55
10
999
999
10
96
4
2000
2000
9999
999
9
1000
432/864
1000
12336
100000
100000
9999
99
99
1000
100000
999
50
99
55
5
70
10
4
96
4
720
240
10
0
9
300
432
600
0
0
0
0
4
10
0
0
0
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Description
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
Attribution
Allocatable
Pgm/sales
Pgm/sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Buffer
Program
Buffer
Program
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
P-21
Program 5
File
Record Max. No. Default
File description
No.
length of records rec No.
085
Menu level character
40
60
60
087
Character conversion for CF
6
100
10
099
Euro program
4
3
0
115
Check-# pop-up window definition
7
700
700
117
Clerk pop-up window definition
6
315
315
127
Tare table
22
9
0
374
PS/2 key table
6
811
811
701
Sound 1
128
65000
350
702
Sound 2
128
65000
350
703
Sound 3
128
65000
350
704
Sound 4
128
65000
350
705
Sound 5
128
65000
350
706
Sound 6
128
65000
350
707
Sound 7
128
65000
0
708
Sound 8
128
65000
0
709
Sound 9
128
65000
0
710
Sound 10
128
65000
0
795
Key table (for full screen)
62
240
796
Screen logo
160
9833
0
797
Full screen check window 1
160
9833
0
798
Full screen check window 2
160
9833
0
799
Full screen check window 3
160
9833
0
814
Additional PLU item program*
46
9999
0
822
Additional order control
7
16
0
835
External device fax message bfr 128
121
0
848
External device EJ buffer
41
1000
0
863
External device IDC buffer
60
9999
0
909
Additional bitmap image
200
29400
504
910
Keyboard bitmap image
200
93600
0
920
External device serial number
3
4
941
Additional PLU character
32
9999
0
946
Free function list
2
99
0
976
Non PLU table
5
999
0
983
External device REG buffer
100
2000
0
* In case of using this file, enter the same record number of PLU file.
P-22
Description
Attribution
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Allocatable
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
3. Program 4 ................................................................................. P-24
3-1. Programming key allocation ..................................................................... P-24
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change) ................................. P-24
3-3. Programming key allocation (key attribution) ........................................... P-26
3-4. Programming key allocation (key delete) ................................................. P-27
3-5. Programming key allocation on a different menu sheet ........................... P-27
3-6. Programming key allocation on a specific menu sheet ............................ P-27
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-23
Program 4
3. Program 4
3-1. Programming key allocation
Operation: <PGM4> → 1.Keyboard → 1.Key Assign
000.NOP
003.CHECK
006.NB
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
015.TIP
020.RC
023.COUPON
028.%033.RF
Key Assign
001.CASH
004.CREDIT
007.EBTTD
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
021.PD
025.DEPOSIT
029.+
034.VOID
:
002.CHARGE
005.FSTD
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
014.TBL TRAN
019.LOAN
022.P.UP
027.030.%+
036.CPN2
——— Function code / Initial character
• Method A: Select the function in this list (or enter the function code in the function code
list on the next page and press the <YES> key) and press the appropriate key*.
* In case of presetting subdepartment, record No. (in 4-digits) is necessary to enter before
pressing the key. In case of presetting department/ flat-PLU, record No. or random code
(in 6-digits) is necessary to enter before pressing the key.
• Method B: Enter record No. (in 4-digits)** and function code (in 3-digits) and press
the appropriate key.
** In case of presetting department/ flat-PLU, you can enter random code (in 6-digits)
instead of record No.
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change)
Operation: <PGM4> → 1.Keyboard → 2.Key Move
1. Select the key* you want to move.
2. Designate the new position of the key.
3. Press <YES> key.
* You cannot move the numeric keys, clear key, escape key, cursor keys, yes/no keys and
menu key.
Function
Add check
Arrangement
Bill copy
Break-in / out
Cancel
Cash amount tendered
Charge
Check endorsement
Check print
Check tender
Clerk number
Clerk transfer
Clock-in / out
P-24
Code
094
044
047
109
236
001
002
039
012
003
072
013
108
Initial character
ADD CHK
ARG
BILL
BREAK-IN/OUT
CANCEL
CASH
CHARGE
CK.E
CHKP
CHECK
CLK#
CLK TRANS
CLOCK-IN/OUT
Function
Coupon
Coupon 2
Coupon number
Credit
Cube
Currency exchange
Customer ID number
Declaration
Department
Department number
Deposit
Discount
Display mode
Code
023
036
110
004
090
045
148
061
051
135
025
028
219
Initial character
COUPON
CPN2
COUPON#
CREDIT
XXX
CE
CUST#
DECLA
DEPT nn
DEPT#
DEPOSIT
%–
DISP MODE
Function
Eat-in
EBT tender
Electronic journal display
Error correct / Void
First unit price
Flat PLU
Food stamp status shift
Food stamp subtotal
Food stamp tender
Function list
House Bon
Item search
Ketten Bon
List
List number
Loan
Location change
Lock out unused key
Media change
Menu shift
Merchandise subtotal
Minus
Mode
Multiplication
New balance
New check
New / Old check
Not found PLU
Number look up
Normal receipt
No sale
Non-add
Non-add / No sale
Number of customer (Covers)
OBR
Old check
Open
Open2
Open check
Operator number
Operator read / reset
Order character change
Paid out
Payment
Pick up
Plus
PLU
Code
128
007
207
034
069
063
059
081
005
253
114
246
113
136
137
019
260
000
118
064
080
027
124
082
006
091
093
142
138
016
042
040
041
043
103
092
067
068
117
078
073
252
021
149
022
029
048
Initial character
EAT-IN
EBTTD
EJ DISP
VOID
[email protected]
PLU nnnn
F/S
FSST
FSTD
FUNCLIST
HOUSE BON
SEARCH
X/KETTEN
LIST
LIST#
LOAN
LOCATION
NOP
MEDIA CHG
MENU
MDST
–
MODE
X
NB
NEW CHK
NEW/OLD
NFP
NLU
NRMRCT
NS
#
#/NS
CT
OBR
OLD CHK
OPEN
OPEN2
OPEN CHK
OPE#
OPE X/Z
ORDER CHAR
PD
PAYMENT
P.UP
+
PLU#
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Function
Post entry
Premium
Price inquiry
Price
Price change
Quantity / for
Recall
Receipt
Receipt on / off
Received on account
Refund
Room message
Room number
Round repeat
Scale
Seat number
Second unit price
Selective item subtotal
Separate check
Shift PLU
Slip back feed / release
Slip feed / Release
Slip print
Split payment
Square
Stock inquiry
Store
Subdepartment
Subdepartment number
Substitution
Subtotal
Swipe
Table number
Table sharing
Table transfer
Tare
Takeout
Tax status shift
Taxable amount subtotal
Tax exempt
Text print
Text recall
Tray total
Tip
Validation
VAT
Worktime
Code
115
030
008
049
104
083
131
038
076
020
033
101
100
116
088
119
070
085
095
065
054
056
055
140
084
009
130
133
134
111
075
172
058
261
014
087
129
057
077
062
011
010
074
015
037
046
237
Initial character
POST ENTRY
%+
PRCINQ
PRC
PRICECHANGE
QT
RECALL
RCT
RCT ON/OFF
RC
RF
ROOM MSG
ROOM#
ROUND REPEAT
SCALE
SEAT#
[email protected]
SIST
SEP CHK
SFT PLU
SB/R
SF/R
SLIP
SPLIT PAYMENT
XX
STKINQ
STORE
SUBDEPT nn
SDPT#
SUBST.
SUBTOTAL
SWIPE
TBL#
TBL SHARE
TBL TRANS
TARE
TAKE-OUT
T/S
TAST
EXEMPT
PRT
CHAR
TRAY TTL
TIP
VLD
VAT
WORKTIME
P-25
Program 4
3-3. Programming key allocation (key attribution)
Operation: <PGM4> → 1.Keyboard → 3.Key Attribution → Select the job
• Key Shape
1. Select the shape.
2. Designate the key.
* In case of assigning double or quadruple key, delete the key which will be hidden by
the new big key in advance (both rectangular and circular key).
Delete key
Delete key
Delete key
New key
New key
New key
• Key Color
1. Select the color.
2. Designate the key.
• Key Text
1. Enter the key text (within 24 characters).
2. Designate the key.
* Key text is used for keytop characters only. It is not used for receipt nor report.
The key text is displayed prior to the text programmed in the totalizer file.
LUNCH SET
LUNCH SET
Dinner set
(No Character)
Breakfast set
Dinner set
Department file
Steak set
Steak set
Scrambled egg
(No Character)
Hamberg steak
Scrambled egg
CR
CR
PLU file
Amex card
(No Character)
VISA card
Amex card
Keytop
character
Touch screen
key table file
Free function file
• Picture
1. Select the picture.
(You can turn up/down the page by entering page No. and press <YES>.)
(Press <ADDITIONAL> to designate additional bitmap image (file-909) and press
<BACK> to designate keyboard bitmap image (file-910).)
2. Designate the key.
Note:
* Pictures should be downloaded before assigning a picture to a key.
** In case of changing menu levels by the <MENU> key, change the level before selecting
this menu (Key Attribution).
P-26
3-4. Programming key allocation (key delete)
Operation: <PGM4> → 1.Keyboard → 4.Key Delete
1. Select the key to delete.
3-5. Programming key allocation on a different menu sheet
Allocating a function of different totalizer on the different menu sheets over the desiganted
level.
Preparation:
First of all, programming one function on one menu sheet by the method of Section 3-1.
Next, issue “5. Function Key” report in the “6. Key Feature” of the “PGM Read Report”
in PGM 6 mode.
Operation: <PGM4> → 1.Keyboard → 1.Key Assign
1. Turn the appropriate menu sheet level by pressing <MENU> key.
2. Designate the function and key by the method A or B, described on the page 24.
Note:
The function key allocated without designating record No. links to the function in the first
menu sheet.
3-6. Programming key allocation on a specific menu sheet
Allocating a function of different totalizer on a specific menu sheet level.
Preparation:
First of all, programming one function on one menu sheet by the method of Section 3-1.
Next, issue “5. Function Key” report in the “6. Key Feature” of the “PGM Read Report”
in PGM 6 mode.
Operation: <PGM4> → 1.Keyboard → 1.Key Assign
1. Enter the menu sheet level (01 ~ 15)* and “000” and press the <YES> key.
2. Designate the function and key by the method A or B, described on the page 24.**
* If you enter “00”, all sheet level is designated.
** If you designate function without entering the record No., the terminal checks the key
table file.
(1) No other key uses the record: Use the record.
(2) Other key uses the record: Use the youngest vacant record.
Note:
You can allocate function key, flat-PLU key, subdepartment key and department key.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-27
Program 4
P-28
4. Program 3 ................................................................................. P-32
4-1. Programming machine features ............................................................... P-32
4-1-1
4-1-2
4-1-3
4-1-4
4-1-5
4-1-5-1
4-1-5-2
4-1-5-3
4-1-5-4
4-1-5-5
4-1-5-6
4-1-5-7
4-1-5-8
4-1-5-9
4-1-5-10
4-1-5-11
4-1-5-12
4-1-5-13
4-1-5-14
4-1-5-15
4-1-5-16
4-1-5-17
4-1-5-18
4-1-5-19
4-1-5-20
4-1-6
4-1-7
4-1-9
4-1-8
4-1-10
4-1-11
4-1-12
4-1-13
4-1-14
4-1-15
4-1-15-1
4-1-15-2
4-1-15-3
Programming pulldown group .......................................................................
Programming set menu table ........................................................................
Programming arrangement ...........................................................................
Programming batch X/Z report .....................................................................
Programming the general feature .................................................................
P-32
P-33
P-33
P-33
P-35
Programming the machine control 1 .................................................................................. P-35
Programming the machine control 2 .................................................................................. P-36
Programming the machine control 3 .................................................................................. P-37
Programming the machine control 4 .................................................................................. P-37
Programming the print control ........................................................................................... P-38
Programming the report control 1 ...................................................................................... P-39
Programming the report control 2 ...................................................................................... P-40
Programming the communication ...................................................................................... P-41
Programming the hourly sales ........................................................................................... P-41
Programming the slip/guest ............................................................................................... P-42
Programming the journal control ....................................................................................... P-42
Programming the message control .................................................................................... P-43
Programming the order control .......................................................................................... P-44
Programming the set menu / condiment ............................................................................ P-45
Programming the check tracking ....................................................................................... P-46
Programming the clerk interrupt ........................................................................................ P-46
Programming the display control ....................................................................................... P-47
Programming the menu shift ............................................................................................. P-47
Programming the sound (Error tone and key confirmation tone) ....................................... P-47
Programming Ext. devices ................................................................................................. P-47
Programming scheduler ................................................................................
Programming check print ..............................................................................
Programming tax table ..................................................................................
Programming table analysis ..........................................................................
Programming void table ................................................................................
Programming system connection ..................................................................
Programming I/O parameter .........................................................................
Programming printer connection ...................................................................
Programming time zone ................................................................................
Programming time & attendance ..................................................................
P-48
P-49
P-50
P-50
P-54
P-54
P-55
P-59
P-60
P-61
Programming time & attendance (general) ....................................................................... P-61
Programming time & attendance (job code) ...................................................................... P-61
Programming time & attendance (employee & schedule) ................................................. P-62
4-1-16
Programming hourly item link .......................................................................
4-1-17
Programming mix & match ............................................................................
4-1-18
Programming IDC link ...................................................................................
4-1-19
Programming Euro ........................................................................................
4-1-20
Programming auto program control ..............................................................
4-1-21
Programming Screen color control ...............................................................
4-1-22
Programming Australian Features ................................................................
4-1-23
Programming 22nd address ..........................................................................
4-1-24
Programming check window .........................................................................
4-1-25
Programming customer control .....................................................................
4-1-26
Programming customer group ......................................................................
4-1-27
Programming character conversion table for CF X/Z data ............................
4-1-28
Programming keyboard color theme .............................................................
4-1-29
Programming keyboard color definition.........................................................
4-1-30
Programming TCP/IP ....................................................................................
4-1-31
Programming external device serial number.................................................
4-1-32
Programming additional order control ...........................................................
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-63
P-63
P-64
P-64
P-65
P-66
P-67
P-67
P-68
P-69
P-69
P-70
P-70
P-71
P-71
P-71
P-72
P-29
Program 3
4-1-33
4-1-34
4-1-35
4-1-36
Programming FTP login password ................................................................
Programming FTP server name ....................................................................
Programming FTP translation file .................................................................
Programming PC Keyboard ..........................................................................
P-72
P-73
P-73
P-73
4-2. Programming clerks ................................................................................. P-75
4-2-1
4-2-2
4-2-2-1
4-2-2-2
4-2-2-3
4-2-2-4
4-2-2-5
4-2-2-6
4-2-2-7
4-2-2-8
4-2-2-9
4-2-2-10
4-2-3
4-2-4
4-2-5
4-2-5-1
4-2-5-2
4-2-5-3
4-2-5-4
4-2-5-5
4-2-5-6
4-2-5-7
4-2-5-8
4-2-5-9
4-2-5-10
4-2-5-11
4-2-5-12
4-2-6
4-2-7
4-2-8
Programming clerk control ............................................................................ P-75
Programming operation ................................................................................ P-75
Programming clerk control ................................................................................................. P-75
Programming menu shift/[email protected] ......................................................................................... P-76
Programming mode control ............................................................................................... P-76
Programming function control 1 ......................................................................................... P-77
Programming function control 2 ......................................................................................... P-77
Programming function control 3 ......................................................................................... P-78
Programming function control 4 ......................................................................................... P-78
Programming function control 5 ......................................................................................... P-79
Programming arrangement control .................................................................................... P-79
Programming X/Z report control ........................................................................................ P-80
Programming commission rate ..................................................................... P-80
Programming table range.............................................................................. P-80
Programming clerk control by range ............................................................. P-81
Programming clerk control by range .................................................................................. P-81
Programming menu shift / [email protected] by range ........................................................................ P-81
Programming mode control by range ................................................................................ P-82
Programming function control 1 by range .......................................................................... P-82
Programming function control 2 by range .......................................................................... P-83
Programming function control 3 by range .......................................................................... P-83
Programming function control 4 by range .......................................................................... P-84
Programming function control 5 by range .......................................................................... P-84
Programming arrangement control by range ..................................................................... P-85
Programming X/Z report control by range ......................................................................... P-85
Programming commission rate by range ........................................................................... P-86
Programming table range by range ................................................................................... P-86
Programming clerk detail .............................................................................. P-86
Programming clerk key ID ............................................................................. P-87
Programming clerk pop-up window ............................................................... P-87
4-3. Programming key features ....................................................................... P-88
4-3-1
4-3-2
4-3-3
4-3-4
4-3-5
4-3-6
4-3-7
4-3-7-1
4-3-7-2
4-3-7-3
4-3-7-4
4-3-7-5
4-3-7-6
4-3-7-7
4-3-7-8
4-3-7-9
4-3-7-10
4-3-7-11
4-3-7-12
4-3-7-13
4-3-7-14
4-3-7-15
4-3-7-16
P-30
Programming PLU features...........................................................................
Programming PLU [email protected] features ................................................................
Programming subdepartment features .........................................................
Programming department features ...............................................................
Programming by range..................................................................................
Programming individual program ..................................................................
Programming key function program ..............................................................
P-88
P-89
P-90
P-91
P-92
P-93
P-93
Worksheet for cash, charge, credit and check ................................................................... P-94
Worksheet for new balance ............................................................................................... P-95
Worksheet for food stamp tender, EBT tender .................................................................. P-96
Worksheet for text print, text recall .................................................................................... P-97
Worksheet for check print .................................................................................................. P-98
Worksheet for clerk transfer ............................................................................................... P-98
Worksheet for table transfer ............................................................................................... P-98
Worksheet for tip ............................................................................................................... P-99
Worksheet for loan, pick up ............................................................................................... P-99
Worksheet for received on account, paid out .................................................................... P-99
Worksheet for plus, minus, coupon ................................................................................. P-100
Worksheet for deposit+, deposit– .................................................................................... P-101
Worksheet for void ........................................................................................................... P-101
Worksheet for check endorsement .................................................................................. P-101
Worksheet for discount, premium .................................................................................... P-102
Worksheet for receipt ...................................................................................................... P-103
4-3-7-17
4-3-7-18
4-3-7-19
4-3-7-20
4-3-7-21
4-3-7-22
4-3-7-23
4-3-7-24
4-3-7-25
4-3-7-26
4-3-7-27
4-3-7-28
4-3-7-29
4-3-7-30
4-3-7-31
4-3-7-32
4-3-7-33
4-3-7-34
4-3-7-35
4-3-7-36
4-3-7-37
4-3-7-38
4-3-7-39
4-3-7-40
4-3-7-41
4-3-7-42
4-3-7-43
4-3-7-44
4-3-7-45
4-3-7-46
4-3-7-47
4-3-7-48
4-3-7-49
4-3-7-50
4-3-7-51
4-3-7-52
4-3-7-53
4-3-7-54
4-3-7-55
4-3-7-56
4-3-7-57
4-3-8
4-3-9
4-3-10
4-3-11
4-3-12
4-3-13
4-3-14
Worksheet for non-add, non-add/NS ............................................................................... P-104
Worksheet for number of customer ................................................................................. P-105
Worksheet for arrangement ............................................................................................. P-105
Worksheet for currency exchange ................................................................................... P-106
Worksheet for slip ............................................................................................................ P-106
Worksheet for tax status shift, taxable amount subtotal .................................................. P-106
Worksheet for open ......................................................................................................... P-107
Worksheet for open 2 ...................................................................................................... P-107
Worksheet for clerk number ............................................................................................ P-108
Worksheet for operator X/Z ............................................................................................. P-108
Worksheet for subtotal, merchandise subtotal ................................................................ P-108
Worksheet for cancel ....................................................................................................... P-109
Worksheet for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon ............................... P-109
Worksheet for selective item subtotal .............................................................................. P-109
Worksheet for open check ............................................................................................... P-109
Worksheet for list ............................................................................................................. P-109
Worksheet for tax exempt ................................................................................................ P-110
Worksheet for clock-in/clock-out ...................................................................................... P-110
Worksheet for break-in/break-out .................................................................................... P-110
Worksheet for house Bon ................................................................................................ P-110
Worksheet for eat-in / takeout .......................................................................................... P-111
Worksheet for store ......................................................................................................... P-111
Worksheet for new check, new/old check ........................................................................ P-112
Worksheet for round repeat ............................................................................................. P-112
Worksheet for shift PLU ................................................................................................... P-112
Worksheet for old check .................................................................................................. P-112
Worksheet for split payment ............................................................................................ P-113
Worksheet for tray total .................................................................................................... P-113
Worksheet for recall ......................................................................................................... P-113
Worksheet for menu shift ................................................................................................. P-113
Worksheet for refund, coupon 2 ...................................................................................... P-113
Worksheet for coupon number ........................................................................................ P-114
Worksheet for item search ............................................................................................... P-114
Worksheet for order character change ............................................................................ P-114
Worksheet for location change ........................................................................................ P-114
Worksheet for declaration ................................................................................................ P-115
Worksheet for price change ............................................................................................. P-115
Worksheet for customer number ..................................................................................... P-115
Worksheet for swipe ........................................................................................................ P-116
Worksheet for worktime ................................................................................................... P-116
Worksheet for function list ............................................................................................... P-117
Programming shift PLU program ................................................................
Programming PLU by Pulldown group ........................................................
Programming transaction key (free function) ..............................................
Programming free function list ....................................................................
Programming additional PLU character ......................................................
Programming tare table...............................................................................
Programming additional item program ........................................................
P-118
P-118
P-119
P-120
P-120
P-121
P-121
4-4 Scanning system .................................................................................... P-123
4-4-1
4-4-2
4-4-3
4-4-4
4-4-5
4-4-6
Programming direct maintenance ...............................................................
Programming batch maintenance ...............................................................
Programming multi EAN file ........................................................................
Programming NLU file .................................................................................
Programming Non PLU table ......................................................................
Programming scan mix & match .................................................................
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-123
P-123
P-124
P-124
P-124
P-124
P-31
Program 3
4.
Program 3
4-1. Programming machine features
4-1-1
Programming pulldown group
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 1.Pulldown Group → Select Pulldown group
Pulldown Group
0001-026— — —List title
List Title : LIST01
Number of Stay down (Max)
Number of Stay down (Min)
OK?
0
0
— — —0 = Status type, 1 ~ 8 = The number of times for stay down,
9 = No limitation
— — —Mix & match link
YES
→ Select job (Items / Window Color / Key Shape / Key Color)
• Item (Addition / Modification)
→ Select items from *PLU, Pulldown Group, Mix & match or Free Function
• Item (Deletion) **
→ Select the first deleting item in the LIST and press <NO> key.
• Window color
→ Select window color from the list screen
• Key Shape
→ Select key shape from the list screen
• Key Color
→ Select key color from the list screen
• Key Text
→ Enter the key text of the pulldown group if you want to change it.
*
P-32
Item selection: There are 3 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
4-1-2
Programming set menu table
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 2.Set Menu Table → Select set menu table
• Item (Addition / Modification)
→ Select items from *PLU, PLU [email protected], Pulldown Group (Max. 20 items can be set)
→ Select the parent item
• Item (Deletion)
→ Select the first deleting item in the LIST and press <NO> key.
Set Menu Table
Link:PLU0001
(0001)
0001-04
OK:
— — —Set menu parent item
YES
*
4-1-3
PLU Item selection: There are 3 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
Programming arrangement
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 3.Arrangement → Select arrange group
ARG GP1
——Enter arrange command by character.
0001-038
0002-038
0003-038
0004-038
0005-038
0006-038
0007-038
0008-038
0009-038
0010-038
0011-038
4-1-4
Programming batch X/Z report
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 4.Batch X/Z
0001-029
0002-029
0003-029
0004-029
Batch X/Z
00001112151700000000
00401112151700000000
00011112151700000000
00401112151700000000
QT-6600 Programming Manual
——Enter report code (see the next page).
P-33
Program 3
Worksheet for batch X/Z report program
Description
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Send X data during read report.
a
Send Z data during reset report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Issue report, in case of sending data.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Data designation:
to CF card = 0,
to FTP = 1 ~ 9 (rec-# of file 912)
Significant
number
Allow to issue read report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow to issue reset report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Read / Reset selection (direct issuance) c
Read = 0
Reset = 4
Reported area: Daily area = 0, Periodic 1 area = 1,
Periodic 2 area = 2, Consolidation area = 3
Periodic 1 Cons. area = 4, Periodic 2 Cons.area = 5
Significant
number
Report code 1
Significant
numbers
Report code 2
Significant
numbers
Report code 3
Significant
numbers
Report code 4
Significant
numbers
Report code 5
Significant
numbers
Report code 6
Significant
numbers
Report code 7
Significant
numbers
Report code 8
Significant
numbers
Report
Fixed totalizer report
Function key report
Subdepartment report
PLU report
PLU stock report
Department report
Group report
Cashier/clerk report
Hourly sales report
Monthly sales report
Void reason report
Open check report
P-34
Program code
Report code
11
12
13
14
64
15
16
17
19
20
22
25
:
(a+b+c)
D20
:
D19
:
(a+b+c)
D18
:
D17
::
D16 D15
::
D14 D13
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Report
Report code
Scanning PLU report **
26
Table analysis report
28
Electronic journal *
58
Employee (all) report
29
Hourly/labor report
24
Hourly item report
31
Customer report
47
Customer group report
52
Intelligent electronic journal *
60
Mix and match report
61
Scan Mix and match report
66
IDC (1) ~ (3) *
67 ~ 69
* No report is issued (data sending only).
** Except inline X/Z
4-1-5
Programming the general feature
4-1-5-1 Programming the machine control 1
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 1.Machine Control 1
Machine Control1
Order of Date
Add Mode
Reset consecutive number to
initial value after taking
daily fixed totalizer report
Reset invoice No. after Z11
Initial value for consecutive
number
DD/MM/YY— — —Year/Month/Day, Day/Month/Year, Month/Day/Year.
Add2— — —Add 2 (ex. dollar and cent), Add 0 (JPY) or Add 1, 3.
— — —Reset the consecutive No. to the initial value after taking
daily fixed totalizer report:
NO
NO— — —Reset invoice No. after daily fixed total reset report.
0— — —Consecutive No. starts preset value +1.
(Initial value of consecutive number: 1 ~ 999999.)
None— — —None, IF1, IF2, Danish, Norwegian / Swedish, Singapore,
Country Rounding
Australian, Finnish, New Zealand (A), New Zealand (B) ,
South African and Malaysian rounding.
VAT/Single Tax— — —VAT / Single tax, US, Canada, Singapore tax system.
Tax System
Baked Goods Tax Exempt Qty
Disable to amount tender in RF
/REG- mode
VLD compulsory & Drawer Open
6
YES
At Once— — —At once / After compulsory
Food Stamp System
Payable— — —Payable / Illinois rule / New Jersey rule
Money-in-drawer limit alarm
Maximum value of left most
digit (0 to 9)
Money-in-drawer limit alarm
Number of Zeros (0 to 9)
No auto persons
Use Dept disc area for stock
Require MGR for Zero Balance
IF 1 rounding
Last 1 digit of subtotal
0~2
3~7
8~9
Result
0
5
10
Singaporean rounding
Last 1 digit of
Result
item, %+, %- registration
0~2
0
3~7
5
8~9
10
Danish rounding
Last 2 digit of
subtotal/cash change
00 ~ 24
25 ~ 74
75 ~ 99
Result
00
50
100
0———Money-in-drawer limit alarm: (sentinel amount):
“Maximum value of left-most digit”
0— — —“ The number of zeros.”
NO— — —Enter customer number compulsory.
NO— — —Use discount field of department file for stock.
NO— — —Needs manager intervention for zero balanced transaction.
IF 2 rounding
Last 1 digit of subtotal
0~4
5~9
Australian rounding
Last 1 digit of
subtotal/cash change
0~2
3~7
8~9
Result
0
10
Result
0
5
10
Norwegian/ Swedish rounding
Last 2 digit of
Result
subtotal
00 ~ 24
0
25 ~ 74
50
75 ~ 99
100
Finnish rounding
Last 1 digit of
subtotal/cash change
0~2
3~7
8~9
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Result
0
5
10
New Zealander (A) rounding
Last 1 digit of
Result
subtotal/cash change
0~4
0
5~9
10
New Zealander (B) rounding
Last 1 digit of
Result
subtotal/cash change
0~5
0
6~9
10
South African rounding
Last 1 digit of subtotal
Result
0~4
0
5~9
5
Malaysian rounding
Last 1 digit of
subtotal/cash change
0~2
3~7
8~9
Result
0
5
10
P-35
Program 3
4-1-5-2 Programming the machine control 2
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 2.Machine Control 2
Machine Control2
Display Operator Guidance
YES
Sequential / Ramdom PLU number
Use memory number——— Sequential (Memory No.)/Random PLU No.
Sequential / Ramdom DPT number
Use memory number——— Sequential (Memory No.)/Department No.
NET total Includes Tax
Include——— Net total includes/excludes add-on and add-in tax.
NET total Includes Commission
Include——— Net total includes/excludes clerk commission.
+,- Follows Tax Status of item
YES——— The tax status and commission status of plus/minus
after item registration follows the last item.
+,-,%+&%- amount in item net
totalizer
NO——— Affect premium, discount, plus, minus result to the
original item.
Limit of number +,-,%+&%- key
operations per transaction
NO——— Only one premium, discount, plus or minus registration
is permitted during one receipt.
Round of %+ or %- operation
result
NO——— Rounding on the least significant digit of premium or
discount registration.
Restriction(0 or 5)on the last
digit for amount entry
NO——— The least significant digit for monetary amount entry is
restricted to 0 or 5.
Money Declaration Compulsory
ST Compulsory
Allow Finalization operation
when subtotal less than 0
Allow more than one transaction in RF mode
Issue post receipt
when normal receipt is issued
Allow numeric entry when compulsory drawer is open
Error when actual stock less
than zero
Alarm when actual stock less
than minimum stock level
Perform stock QTY calculation
during RF mode or RF key
Delete RF items from guest
receipt when item
consolidation is on
Key Confirmation Tone On
Allow Slit Drawer connection
Add No. of operation of clear
key into Fixed TTL
Inline Money Declaration
TIP to Follow 1st Server
Require Zeroing Scale
Scale Registration R/J Format
P-36
NO——— Money declaration is mandatory/not.
NO——— ST key operation before finalization is
mandatory/not.
YES——— Allow/prohibit
finalization operation when the subtotal
amount is less than zero.
N Repeat——— Prohibit/allow multiple refund operations after entering
the REF mode.
NO——— Allow/prohibit post receipt after a normal receipt
issuance.
YES——— Allow prohibit numeric entries when drawer (compulsory drawer only) is opened.
NO——— Error occurs when actual stock for a registered item
becomes negative.
NO——— Error occurs when actual stock for a registered item
drops below its programmed optimum stock value.
NO——— Affect to stock value during RF key and the REF mode
operation.
YES——— Merge
YES
NO
NO
NO——— Money
the same item registration of a guest receipt.
declaration compulsory on inline master terminal.
NO——— Tip amount is accumulated to the first server. (If “No”,
signed on server.)
NO——— Disable to register the item until the scale has been zero
balanced.
0——— Scale format: 2 = Australian format.
4-1-5-3 Programming the machine control 3
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 3.Machine Control 3
Machine Control3
Cash
Declaration Compulsory
NO— —
— Set “Money Declaration Compulsory” in “Machine ConCharge Declaration Compulsory
NO
trol 2”, in case of selecting “YES” to these options.
Check Declaration Compulsory
NO
Credit Declaration Compulsory
NO— —
Receipt:Item consolidation
NO— — —Merge the same item registration on receipt.
Receipt:Sort by group
NO— — —Classify the registered items per group on receipt.
Receipt:Sort by department
NO— — —Classify the registered items per department on receipt.
N/RCT print by order group
NO— — —Classify the registered items by order character on receipt.
Receipt:Sort by group/dept
with detail
Total only— — — Total only / With Detail
PRT RCT sort detail w/o TTL
NO
Commission total includes VAT
NO
Rounding for commission calculation
Round off
Commission Amount Threshold
0— — — Start calculating commission 1 amount
Commission Amount Threshold2
0— — — Start calculating commission 2 amount
Commission 1 flat fee
NO— — — Commission 1 amount to flat fee
Commission 2 flat fee
NO— — — Commission 2 amount to flat fee
Move two decimal place to
right for unit prices
NO
Print consecutive No.
on the receipt
Print
Print consecutive No.
on the journal
Print
Print date on the receipt
Print
Print date on the journal
Print
Print time on the receipt
Print
Print time on the journal
Print
Vertical double size character
for receipt printing
NO
Enable auto cutter for the
printer,
YES
Number of LF with no cutter
0— — — No. of line feed without cutting receipt
E-Journal copy receipt
NO
4-1-5-4 Programming the machine control 4
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature→ 4.Machine Control 4
Machine Control4
Drawer open alarm Min. 00-59
0
Drawer open alarm Sec. 00-59
0
Ignore compulsory drawer
NO
Compulsory drawer control for
multiple drawers
All drawers— — —All drawers / Drawer assigned to the clerk
Send finalize category totals
to PC
NO— — —Send finalize category totals to PC (Hotel server)
Cash/Cheque/Credit category
totalizer
NO— — —Accumulate to category totals by cash/cheque/credit
Room Charge category totalizer
NO— — —Accumulate to category totals by room charge
Use GT system of Philippines
NO
Auto character centering
YES
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-37
Program 3
4-1-5-5 Programming the print control
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 5.Print Control
Print Control
Set Menu Detail on Guest/Slip
Print PLU Number
Print Finalized Total
Print Taxable Amount1
Print Taxable Amount2
Print Taxable Amount3
Print Taxable Amount4
Print Taxable Amount5
Print Taxable Amount6
Print Taxable Amount7
Print Taxable Amount8
Print Taxable Amount9
Print Taxable Amount10
Print Taxable Status
Printing of total number of
items sold on the receipt
Print number of covers in
header
Cover print double size
Print unit price on receipt
One line feeded after
finalization for receipt
Time format 24/12Hour
Single item without fin rct
Always issue a receipt
Eliminate qty ‘1’ of sub item
Auto receipt issue
when subtotal is zero or less
Print Check detail on receipt
Print Single Quantity
P-38
No Print
No Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
NO
No Print
NO
24 Hour— — —24 Hour / 12 Hour
NO— — —Single item without issuing finalization receipt
NO
NO— — —Print/Not print the quantity ‘1’ of a child item.
NO— — —Two receipts are issued when the subtotal is 0 or less.
No Print
Print— — —Print item quantity even if it’s “1”.
4-1-5-6 Programming the report control 1
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 6.Report Control 1
Report Control1
Gross
Net
Cash In Drawer
Cash Declaration short/over
Charge In Drawer
Charge Declaration short/over
Cheque In Drawer
Cheque Declaration short/over
Credit In Drawer
Credit Declaration short/over
Food Stamp In Drawer
Food Stamp Cash Change
EBT Total
EBT Cash Change
RF Mode total
Number of covers
The average spend per cover
Commission for Cashing A Check
Total Service charge
Commission 1
Commission 2
Foreign currency Cash and
Cheque in drawer totals
Accumulate total of - key and
%- key operation totals
Accumulate total of RF key and
VOID key operation totals
Number of C key operations
Rounding total
TA1
TAX1
TAXEX1
TA2
TAX2
TAXEX2
TA3
TAX3
TAXEX3
TA4
TAX4
TAXEX4
TA5
TAX5
TAXEX5
TA6
TAX6
TAXEX6
TA7
TAX7
TAXEX7
TA8
TAX8
TAXEX8
TA9
TAX9
TAXEX9
TA10
TAX10
TAXEX10
Print TAX + VAT in exempt rec
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Print— — —These items are included in the fixed tot
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
alizer report.
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
Print
Print
No Print
Print
Print
No Print
Print
Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
NO— — —Print TA + Tax amount instead of printing Tax exempt
QT-6600 Programming Manual
.
P-39
Program 3
4-1-5-7 Programming the report control 2
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 7.Report Control 2
Report Control2
Dept/Sub Dept Zero-Skip
YES— — —Skip zero total item.
Cashier/Clerk Zero-Skip
YES
Function Zero-Skip
YES
PLU/Stock Zero-Skip
YES
Shift PLU Zero-Skip
YES
Hourly Sales Zero-Skip
YES
Group Zero-Skip
YES
Monthly Sales Zero-Skip
YES
Table Analysis Zero-Skip
YES
Hourly Production Zero-Skip
YES
Hourly Labor Zero-Skip
YES
(future use)
Mix&Match/Coupon Zero-Skip
YES
— — —Print monthly sales average on monthly sales report.
Printing of average spend per
item on monthly report
Print
Drawer open when FIXED TTL
report is issued
YES
PLU Random Code Order
Mem Number— — —Mem Number (by memory number) / Random Code
PLU No. on X/Z Report
No Print
Sales Ratio on X/Z Report
No Print
Z Counter
Print
ITEM Discount Totalizer
No Print
Double Z Report
NO
VAT Recalculate on X/Z Report
NO— — —Calculate VAT amount at report issuance temporarily.
Half Cut in Batch Report
NO
Stock Clear at Batch Z
NO— — —Scanning PLU stock is also cleared.
Print Consecutive No. range on
daily Fixed TTL report
No Print
Print Invoice No. range on
daily Fixed TTL report
No Print
Prohibit Customer File Z
NO
Print finalized CHKs on report
YES
OPEN CHK report compulsory
NO
Prohibit OPEN CHK Z
NO
GT1(Daily)
Print
GT2(Daily)
Print
GT3(Daily)
Print
GT1(Periodic1&2)
No Print
GT2(Periodic1&2)
No Print
GT3(Periodic1&2)
No Print
Display Flash
X
NO— — —Show read report on the display.
(In case of selecting “YES”, no report is printed out.)
Display Employee Activity X
NO
Display Fixed Totalizer
X
NO
Display Dept/Sub Dept
X
NO
Display Cashier/Clerk
X
NO
Display Function
X
NO
Display PLU/Stock
X
NO
Display Hourly/Monthly
X
NO
Display Group
X
NO
Display Open Check
X
NO
Display Table Analysis
X
NO
Display Mix&Match/Coupon X
NO
Display E-Journal
X
NO
Display Hourly Product
X
NO
Display Employee
X
NO
Display Hourly Labor
X
NO
Display Mix&Match/Coupon X
NO
Send X/Z with character
NO
Send X/Z with random code
NO
P-40
4-1-5-8 Programming the communication
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 8.Communication
Communication
Copy program change to other
terminals
NO— — —Broadcast the programmed data in PGM 1 ~ 4 mode after
Allow to operate communication
completion of a program.
function
YES
Origin of reset data to be
sent to the master
Own data file— — —“Own data file” / “Consolidation file.”
Reset&Printing of consolidation file before reset report No Print
Master printing of consolidation reset report
Print
Reset consolidation total
after inline consolidation
NO
Stock Result Copy
NO— — —Copy stock quantity to master daily file after Z consolidaAccumulation of data in consotion.
lidation file following RESET
operation
YES
4-1-5-9 Programming the hourly sales
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 9.Hourly Sales
Hourly Sales
Interval(Hours)
Interval(Minutes)
Start Time(Hour)
Start Time(Minute)
QT-6600 Programming Manual
1— — —Hour (00 ~ 23)
0— — —Minute (00 ~ 59)
0— — —Hour (00 ~ 23)
0— — —Minute (00 ~ 59)
P-41
Program 3
4-1-5-10 Programming the slip/guest
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 10.SLIP/Guest
SLIP / Guest
Print additional items only
Entire memory— — —Entire memory: At the top of the transaction / Additional
only: At the top of this receipt
Slip Auto Line Find
NO
Slip Maximum Lines
0— — —00 ~ 99
Maximum number of automatic
line feed
0— — —00 ~ 99
Item consolidation on slip/
Guest receipt
NO
Printing only Group TTL on slip/
Guest receipt
NO
Print only Dept TTL on Slip/
Guest receipt
NO
G/RCT print by order group
NO
Print detail in order of Dept/
Group on slip/Guest receipt
Total only— — —“Total only” / “With detail”
PRT GUEST sort detail w/o TTL
NO
Print guest receipt header
NO
Tax after finalize
NO— — —Print taxable amount and tax amount after total line.
Print PLU number on G/RCT
YES
Consecutive No. on slip/Guest
receipt
Print
Print Date on slip/Guest RCT
Print
Print Time on slip/Guest RCT
Print
Back feed after slip Print
NO
Back feed after VLD Print
NO
Back feed after CHK-END/PRT
NO
Note: If you select “Additional only”, “Slip Auto Line Find”
(the next row) should be set to “YES”.
4-1-5-11 Programming the journal control
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 11.Journal Control
Journal Control
Storage of TRG Operation into
E-Journal
YES— — —Put training clerk registration data into electronic journal
Generate E-Journal full error
YES— — —Alert when the electronic journal memory becomes full /
memory.
or Not
P-42
4-1-5-12 Programming the message control
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 12.Message Control
Message Control
Receipt Logo
Message
Receipt Commercial Message
No
Receipt Bottom
Message
No
Slip Commercial
Message
No
Slip Bottom
Message
No
Slip Intermediate Message
No
Bill Top
Message
No
Bill Copy
Message
No
Bill Bottom Message
No
Receipt Logo either Graphic or
Text
Report header print
No
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Text— — —Text
Print
QT-6600 Programming Manual
logo / Graphic logo
P-43
Program 3
4-1-5-13 Programming the order control
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 13.Order Control
Order Control
Print location character
No Print
Print Item Price
No Print
Stop printing message on
double BON
No Print
Print Detail of Set Menu
No Print
Auto cutting every KP order
YES
Print dashed line
NO
Print items on KP training
operator
NO
Perform item consolidation on
KP
NO
Number of line feed before
auto cut
0
Number of line feed after
auto cut
0
Error generate Printer goes
down
YES
Send Voided items to KP
YES
Print ORDER # on receipt
No Print
Print ORDER # in red
NO— — —Print order number in red/ reverse.
Order1 type
Normal KP— — —Order print type: Normal KP/ Ticket
Order2 type
Normal KP
Order3 type
Normal KP
Order4 type
Normal KP
Order5 type
Normal KP
Order6 type
Normal KP
Order7 type
Normal KP
Order8 type
Normal KP
Order9 type
Normal KP
Order10 type
Normal KP
Order11 type
Normal KP
Order12 type
Normal KP
Order13 type
Normal KP
Order14 type
Normal KP
Order15 type
Normal KP
Order16 type
Normal KP
Logo on KP
NO— — —Print Logo on KP (ticket).
Text1 on KP
NO— — —Print text 1 on KP (ticket with slip/ guest intermediate)
Text2 on KP
NO— — —Print text 2 on KP (ticket with bottom)
Check No. reverse print
YES— — —Print check number in reverse.
Qty separate on order bon
NO— — —Print quantity separately on order receipt.
Cond/Prep normal letter
NO— — —Print condiment/preparation in normal/double size letter.
Cut when order character is
used
NO
Vertical double size character
for order printing
NO
Send drawer signal
NO— — —Send drawer signal (for Kitchen Bell)
P-44
4-1-5-14 Programming the set menu / condiment
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 14.Set Menu/Condiment
Set Menu/Condiment
Calculate Price for detail
YES— — —Calculate / Not calculate detail item prices in set menu.
Follow the same QTY as main
item
Fine Dining QTY— — —Follow the same QTY as main (parent) item:
Allow Rollup Condiment
Preparation Item in PLU report
Preparation Item in receipt
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Fast food: Allow to enter the number of the condiment, and
not follow the quantities of main PLU.
Fine Dining QTY: Not allow to enter the number of the
condiment but allow to select the condiment by LIST
staydown within the quantities of main PLU.
NO— — —Add all condiment unit price to main (parent) item.
YES
YES
P-45
Program 3
4-1-5-15 Programming the check tracking
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 15.CHK Tracking
CHK Tracking
Clearing CHK/TBL No. by using
the same number again
CHK Number——— CHK (check) number / TBL (table) number
CHK# 12 Digits(if No,6Digits)
NO
Auto New Balance by removing
clerk key
YES
Print previous balance when
CHK is opened by OLD CHK key
Print
Perform item consolidation
when CHK is opened by OLD CHK
NO
STORE/RECALL Start Range
1000
STORE/RECALL End Range
1500
Auto CHK Start Range
140
Auto CHK End Range
200
Reset STORE/RECALL No. after
taking OPEN CHK Z report
YES
Suppress detail display
NO
SEP CHK Consolidation.
NO
Invoice No. for std fin.
NO——— Print “Invoice No.” on receipts / or Not print
Invoice No. for clerk int.
NO——— Print “Invoice No.” while clerk interrupt / or Not print
Invoice No. for check tracking
NO——— Print “Invoice No.” while check tracking / or Not print
Check Win button contents
ST——— Keytops in check No. pop-up window: ST / Clerk / Time
last order / Time open
Share table
YES
Multiple separate check
YES
TBL TRANS by card swipe
YES——— Transfer table by swiping a card.
Print dbl size check No. G/RCT
NO
Check No. revers print
NO
Auto check in separate mode
NO——— Automatic check No. issuance in separate mode
Ignore leading zeros
NO——— Ignore leading zeros of check No.
Comp. check for order items
NO——— Compulsory check No. for order item
Comp. G/RCT for order items
NO——— Compulsory guest receipt for order item
Zero balance is cash
NO——— Zero balance is treated as cash sale.
Clear cust acct on OPEN CHK Z
NO
Allow Partial Payment
NO
4-1-5-16 Programming the clerk interrupt
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 16.Clerk Interrupt
Clerk Interrupt
Allow Clerk Interrupt
Allow operation to clerks who
are not allocated clerk
interrupt detail memory
Auto Sign Off Timer for clerk
interrupt (In seconds)
Show clerk window
Use dynamic clerk window
Broadcast dynamic clerk
Clerk window menu number
Print to order printer at end
when using clerk interrupt
NO
NO
0——— Clerk sign off timer: 0 ~ 99. (Sec.) This program is also
effective for non-clerk interrupt system.
YES
NO——— Affect current clerk data whenever it changes.
NO——— Broadcast clerk information whenever it changes.
0——— Default sheet number when clerk pop-up window is opened.
NO——— Issue order at the end of the transaction while using clerk
interrupt.
P-46
4-1-5-17 Programming the display control
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature→ 17.Display Control
Display Control
Backlight Off Timer(Min)
Touch Screen Theme
Function Key Style
20——— Backlight off timer: 0 ~ 59. (minutes)
2——— User definition = 0/ Theme 1 = 1/ Theme 2 = 2
Style 1——— Style 1: Function keys with bar /
Logo After Clerk Sign Off
Use Video Control System
Clear screen when receipt is
issued
Style 2: Function keys without bar
screen logo at clerk sign off.
NO——— Display
NO
NO——— Clear
the main display part when the receipt is issued.
4-1-5-18 Programming the menu shift
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 18.Menu Shift
Menu Shift
PLU
Quantity Extension
DEPT
Quantity Extension
SUB DEPT Quantity Extension
NO
NO
NO
4-1-5-19 Programming the sound (Error tone and key confirmation tone)
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 19.Sound
Sound
Disp ON Sound
Disp OFF Sound
Error (1 Shot Type) Sound
Error (YES/NO Type) Sound
Error (Clear Type) Sound
Key Confirmation Sound
1——— Last
2
3
4
5
6
2-digit of the sound file number.
4-1-5-20 Programming Ext. devices
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 5.General Feature → 20.Ext. Devices
Ext. Devices
Perform auto G/RCT
Bill allowed on OMS
OMS timeout X 10s
QT-6600 Programming Manual
NO——— Orderman issues guest receipt automatically,
YES——— Allows bill issuance on orderman.
9——— (0 ~ 9) Orderman communication timeout value
x 10s
P-47
Program 3
4-1-6
Programming scheduler
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 6.Scheduler
Scheduler
0001-062
0002-062
0003-062
0004-062
D28 - D13
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
D12 - D1
000000000000——— Parameter
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
(refer the worksheet below)
Worksheet for scheduler program
Description
Scheduler start time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Scheduler end time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Significant
numbers
D28 D27 D26 D25
::::
D24 D23 D22 D21
D20
Interval control 1:
Daily = 0, Weekly = 1, Monthly = 2
Significant
number
Interval control 2:
Daily; No meaning
Weekly; Define day of a week
00; Sunday, 01; Monday, 02; Tuesday, 03; Wednesday,
04; Thursday, 05; Friday, 06; Saturday
Monthly; Define date, 01 ~ 31, 99 means the end of the month
Significant
numbers
Interval time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Significant
numbers
:
D19
::
D18 D17
::::
D16 D15 D14 D13
;
Always “0”
P-48
::::
;
Always “0”
D12
Arrangement table No.
Significant
numbers
Arrangement file No.
Significant
numbers
Always “0000”
Program code
::::
D11 D10 D9 D8
:::
D7 D6 D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
4-1-7
Programming check print
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 7.Check Print
Check Print
000000——— Parameter
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
0001-041
0002-041
0003-041
0004-041
0005-041
0006-041
0007-041
0008-041
0009-041
(refer the worksheet below)
Worksheet for check print program
Description
Choice
Define printing data:
1: Printing amount
2: Printing amount (double size)
3: Printing date
4: Printing date (double size)
5: Check endorsement message 1st line
6: Check endorsement message 2nd line
7: Check endorsement message 3rd line
8: Check endorsement message 4th line
Significant
number
Feed before printing.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Feed direction
b
Normal = 0
Reverse = 2
Feed 1 line after printing.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
No. of feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
Significant
number
:
Printing offset digits (00 ~ 39)
Significant
numbers
::
QT-6600 Programming Manual
D3
D2 D1
P-49
Program 3
4-1-8
Programming table analysis
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 8.Table Analysis
TBL01
TBL02
TBL03
TBL04
TBL05
TBL06
TBL07
TBL08
TBL09
TBL10
Table Analysis
00000000000000——— Descriptor
00000000000000
00000000000000
00000000000000
00000000000000
00000000000000
00000000000000
00000000000000
00000000000000
00000000000000
and parameter (refer the worksheet below)
Worksheet for table analysis program
Description
Choice
Program code
;;
Always “00”
D14 D13
Minimum check No. of the table group
(“0” means “1.”)
Significant
numbers
Maximum check No. of the table group
(“000000” means no programming.)
Significant
numbers
::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Note:
This programming is only effective, if the check-# is 6-digit long.
4-1-9
Programming tax table
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 9.Tax Table → Select Tax Table
Tax Table (1)
Tax Rate(%)
8.1250——— Rate; 0.0001 ~ 9999.9999 % (Use Decimal point key)
Maximum Table Amount
0.00——— Maximum value; 0.00 ~ 99.99
Rounding
Round off——— Cut off/Round off/Round up/Round up to two decimal
point
Singapore Rounding
Yes
Calculation Type
Add in(VAT)——— Not calculate / Table / Table & Add on / Add in (VAT) /
Tax on Tax / VAT & VAT/ Add in (VAT on Tax)/ VAT &
Sum of Cyclic Patterns
0—
VAT2
No. of Cyclic Values
0
Sum of Non-Cyclic Values
0 —— Sum of Cyclic Patterns, No. of Cyclic Values, Sum of Non
Cyclic Values, Actual Values… See the following pages.
Actual Values(01)
0
Actual Values(02)
0
:
Actual Values(60)
0—
cf. VAT & VAT:
1. Sharing rate of the primary taxable amount → enter “Tax rate” field.
2. Actual tax table for primary tax table code → enter “Actual value (1)” field.
3. Actual tax table for secondary tax table code → enter “Actual value (2)” field.
P-50
Explanation of U.S. tax table examples
Tax table without a tax rate
Tax
(6%)
$.00
.01
.02
.03
.04
.05
.06
.07
Price Range
Min. break point
Max. break point
$
.01
.11
.25
.42
.59
.75
.92
1.09
$
.10
.24
.41
.58
.74
.91
1.08
1.24
Max. break points
Upper
Lower
10
24
41
58
74
91
108
124
141
–
0
– 10
– 24
– 41
– 58
– 74
– 91
– 108
– 124
Difference
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
10
14
17
17
16
17
17
16
17
Pattern
Non-cyclic data
Cyclic data
Cyclic data
• Sum of a single cyclic pattern: 17 + 17 + 16 = 50
• Number of values in each cyclic pattern: 3
• Sum of values in the non-cyclic pattern: 10 + 14 = 24
• Non-cyclic values and one set of cyclic values (actual values): 10, 14, 17, 17, 16
• Tax system: Tax table without rate
Tax table with a tax rate
Tax
(6%)
$.00
.01
.02
.03
.04
.05
.06
.07
.08
.09
.10
.11
.12
.13
.14
Price Range
Min. break point
Max. break point
$
.01
.08
.22
.36
.50
.65
.79
.93
1.08
1.22
1.36
1.50
1.65
1.79
1.93
19.93
1.40
$
.07
.21
.35
.49
.64
.78
.92
1.07
1.21
1.35
1.49
1.64
1.78
1.92
2.07
Max. break points
Upper
Lower
7
21
35
49
64
78
92
107
121
135
149
164
178
192
207
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0
7
21
35
49
64
78
92
107
121
135
149
164
178
192
Difference
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
7
14
14
14
15
14
14
15
14
14
14
15
14
14
15
Pattern
Non-cyclic data
Cyclic data
Cyclic data
20.07
On all sales above $20.07, compute the
tax at a rate of 7%
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Sum of a single cyclic pattern: 14 + 14 + 14 + 15 + 14 + 14 + 15 = 100
Number of values in each cyclic pattern: 7
Sum of values in the non-cyclic pattern: 7
Non-cyclic values and one set of cyclic values (actual values): 7, 14, 14, 14, 15, 14, 14, 15
Maximum taxable amount in tgˇle calculation: $20.07
Tax system: Tax table with rate
Tax rate: 7.000%
Rounding method: Round off to two decimal places
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-51
Program 3
Explanation of VAT & VAT
Example 1: Share the amount
Tax table programming
Tax rate
(Share rate)
10.0000%
20.0000%
Calculation
type
VAT
VAT
Table 4
33.3333%
VAT & VAT
1
2
Table 5
25.0000%
VAT & VAT
1
2
Table 1
Table 2
:
Primary Secondary
tax status tax status
→ 33.3333% for taxable 1
→ 66.6667% for taxable 2
→ 25.0000% for taxable 1
→ 75.0000% for taxable 2
Item programming & registration result
Program
Unit price Tax status
$10.00
1
$20.00
2
Item 1
Item 2
:
Item 4
$30.00
4
Item 5
$40.00
5
Registration result
Taxable 1
Taxable 2
$10.00
$20.00
$10.00
($30.00 × 33.3333%)
$10.00
($40.00 × 25.0000%)
$20.00
($30.00 × 66.6667%)
$30.00
($40.00 × 75.0000%)
Example 2: The alternative of taxable 1 or 2
Tax table programming
Table 1
Table 2
:
Table 4
Tax rate
Calculation
(Share rate)
type
10.0000%
VAT
20.0000%
VAT
Primary Secondary
tax status tax status
VAT & VAT
1
2
← Select tax status by <TAX EXEMPT>.
Item programming & registration result
Item 1
Program
Unit price Tax status
$10.00
4
Registration result
Taxable 1
Taxable 2
$10.00
$10.00
Tax 1 Exempt
$10.00
Tax 2 Exempt
$10.00
P-52
Explanation of Add-in (VAT on Tax)
Example:
Tax table programming
Tax rate
Table 1
Table 2
Calculation
type
Add on
VAT on Tax
10.0000%
5.0000%
Item programming & registration result
Item 1
CASH
Program
Unit price Tax status
$10.00
1/2
Calculate tax 1
Add tax 1 to Taxable 2
Calculate tax 2
Taxable 1
$10.00
$10.00
Registration result
Tax1
Taxable 2
$10.00
$1.00
----$11.00
$10.48
Tax2
--------$0.52
Explanation of VAT & VAT2
Example:
Tax table programming
Tax rate
Table 1
Table 2
8.0000%
7.0000%
Calculation
type
VAT
VAT & VAT2
Item programming & registration result
Item 1
CASH
Program
Unit price Tax status
$10.00
1/2
Calculate tax 1
($10.00 x 8)/(100 +8 +7)
Calculate tax 2
($10.00 x 7)/(100 +8 +7)
Taxable 1/2 - Tax 1-Tax2
($10.00 - $0.70 - $0.61)
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Registration result
Tax1
Taxable 2
$10.00
Tax2
-----
$0.70
-----
-----
-----
-----
-----
$0.61
Taxable 1
$10.00
$8.69
$8.69
P-53
Program 3
4-1-10 Programming void table
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 10.Void Table → Use Void Table
Void Table
000000——— Descriptor and program value (refer the worksheet below)
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
VOID01
VOID02
VOID03
VOID04
VOID05
VOID06
Worksheet for void table program
Description
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Return stock value.
Program code
:
D1
4-1-11 Programming system connection
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 11.System Connection
* 1
2
3
System Connection
MC #01
020101000000——— Descriptor and parameter
192168000001
* means my ID.
000000000000
000000000000
——— IP address
000000000000
000000000000
(refer the worksheet below)
:
000000000000———For
33
Hotel server
000000000000
Worksheet for system connection program
Description
Choice
Terminal:
Oneself = 02, Others = 01
Significant
numbers
Check tracking master/backup master (programmed value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Significant
numbers
Check tracking master/backup master (current value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Significant
numbers
P-54
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
;;;;;
Always “00000”
Check tracking cluster No. (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means no designation.)
Program code
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
Significant
number
:
D1
4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 12.I/O Parameter
0001-902
0002-902
0003-902
0004-902
0005-902
0006-902
0007-902
0008-902
0009-902
0010-902
0011-902
0012-902
0019-902
0020-902
I/O Parameter
Note: Please perform the flag clear opera000000000000000
tion of the terminal after changing the
000000000000000
I/O parameter table.
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000——— Parameter (refer the worksheet below)
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
000000000000000
:
000000000000000
000000000000000
Worksheet for I/O parameter program
First record (Inline)
Description
TCP/IP port group number: Group 1 = 0/1, Group 2 = 2
(Choose Group2 if conflicting with auxiliary inline device)
Choice
Significant
number
Significant
number
Always “0”
Program code
:
D2
;
D1
Second record (Online)
Description
Online baud rate: 115200bps = 0,1
57600bps = 2,
38400bps = 3,
19200bps = 4,
9600bps = 5,
4800bps = 6,
2400bps = 7
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
Activation signal (trigger):
DR = 0, CI = 1
Significant
number
:
D2
D1
Third record (not used)
Description
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D1
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Fourth record (Printer 1)
Description
Choice
Using TM-J7100 as a slip printer:
Yes = 1, No = 0
Significant
number
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6 (0, 1 ~ 3, 7 ~ 9: no connection)
Significant
number
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• TM-U88-IV = 00
• UP-360 = 03
• TM-U220 = 02
• UP-400 = 10
• TM-J7100 = 12
Significant
numbers
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Program code
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
P-55
Program 3
Fifth record (Printer2)
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Description
Choice
Using TM-J7100 as a slip printer:
Yes = 1, No = 0
Significant
number
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6 (0, 1 ~ 3, 7 ~ 9: no connection)
Significant
number
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• TM-U88-IV = 00
• UP-360 = 03
• TM-U220 = 02
• UP-400 = 10
• TM-J7100 = 12
Significant
numbers
Program code
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Sixth record (Customer display/ Remote display)
Description
Customer display backlight color:
Green = 0, White = 0
Choice
Significant
number
Customer display backlight:
Obey backlight off timer = 0, Always ON = 1, Always OFF = 2
Significant
number
Customer display:
Available = 0, Not available = 1
Significant
number
Remote display:
Connected = 2, Not connected = 0
Significant
number
Program code
:
D4
:
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Seventh record (not used)
Description
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D1
Eighth record not used)
Description
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D1
Ninth record (Scanner)
Description
P-56
Choice
Parity:
Even = 0, Non = 1, Odd = 2
Significant
number
Bit:
7 bit = 0, 8 bit = 1
Significant
number
Scanner:
Connect = 2, No = 0
Significant
number
Baud rate:
2400 bps = 0, 9600 bps = 1, 4800 bps = 2
Significant
number
Program code
:
D4
:
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Tenth record (Slip printer)
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Description
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM2 = 2, No connection = 0
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for slip printer:
No printer = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
:
SP-1300:
Connect = 70, No = 99
Significant
number
Eleventh record (Printer 3)
:
D4
D3
::
D2 D1
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Description
Choice
Using TM-J7100 as a slip printer:
Yes = 1, No = 0
Significant
number
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6 (0, 1 ~ 3, 7 ~ 9: no connection)
Significant
number
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
• TM-U88-IV = 00
• UP-360 = 03
• TM-U220 = 02
• UP-400 = 10
• TM-J7100 = 12
Significant
numbers
Program code
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
Twelfth record (not used)
Description
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D1
Thirteenth through fourteenth record (not used)
Description
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D1
Fifteenth record (video box)
In case of the video box is connected, enter “400000025”.
Sixteenth record (not used)
Description
Always “0”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Choice
Program code
;
D1
P-57
Program 3
Seventeenth record (order man)
In case of the order man connected, enter “300000011”.
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the scale.
Eighteenth record (scale)
Description
Choice
Scale model code
Significant
numbers
Pound/ Kilogram:
Pound = 0 (30 LB), Kilogram = 1 (15kg)
Significant
number
Program code
;:
D10 D9
:
D8
A;;
Communication timeout value:
Always set to“100”
D7 D6 D5
Parity:
Always set to “2”
Significant
number
Bit:
Always set to “1”
Significant
number
Using RS-232C port for printer: COM 2 = 2, COM 3 = 3
COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6 (0, 1, 7 ~ 9: no connection)
Significant
number
Baud rate of the Scale: 19200bps = 0,
9600bps = 1, 4800bps = 2, 2400bps = 3, 1200bps = 4
Significant
number
:
D4
:
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Nineteenth through twentyth record (not used)
Description
Always “0”
P-58
Choice
Program code
;
D1
4-1-13 Programming printer connection
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 13.Printer Connection
→ Select record and define “printer type”, “main printer” and “ backup printer”
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Rct
Report
Order1
Order2
Order3
Order4
Order5
Order6
Order7
No
No
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Printer Connection
#01
/1 MY PRINTER /2
#02
/2 MC #01
/1
#03
/1 MC #03
/2———RS-232C printer
#01
/1 MC #03
/1
#03
L5 MC #06
L10———LAN printer
Printer type definition field
Main printer definition field
Backup printer definition field
:
24 No
Printer type selection:
No (No printer), Rct (receipt/journal), Report, Order 1 ~ 16
Main/ backup printer selection:
My Printer /1, My Printer /2, My Printer /3, RS-232C Printer,
LAN printer, No
• /1 designates “Printer 1” of the I/O parameter file.
• /2 designates “Printer 2” of the I/O parameter file.
• /3 designates “Printer 3” of the I/O parameter file.
• In case of selecting LAN printer, select terminal No. that
controls the LAN printer.
Note:
The 19-th through 34-th record of this file are used for the printer definition of order ID
change of the Manager function.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-59
Program 3
4-1-14 Programming time zone
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 14.Time Zone → Select record and field
Time Zone
0001-800
0002-800
0003-800
0004-800
0005-800
0006-800
0024-800
Start
09:00
10:00
15:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
:
00:00
End
10:00
12:00
17:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
Cycle
00:15
00:30
01:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
Worksheet for time zone program
Description
Program code
Zone Start Time (Hour)
00 ~23
::
Zone Start Time (Minute) (00~59)
00 ~ 59
::
Zone End Time (Hour) (00~23)
00 ~ 23
::
Zone End Time (Minute) (00~59)
00 ~ 59
::
Zone Cycle (Hour) (00~23)
00 ~ 23
::
00, 15, 30, 45
::
Zone Cycle (Minute) (00, 15, 30, 45)
P-60
Choice
D12 D11
D10 D9
D8 D7
D6 D5
D4 D3
D2 D1
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance
4-1-15-1 Programming time & attendance (general)
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 15.Time & Attendance → 1.General
General
Time & Attendance control
Daily work time
Daily over time
Weekly work time
Weekly over time
Daily Over Time Pay Ratio
Daily 2nd Over Time Pay Ratio
Weekly Over Time Pay Ratio
Weekly 2nd Over Time Pay Ratio
Weekly work time for minor
Work time includes break hours
Rounding minute of work time
Allow employee report Z with
employees clocked-in
Enable clerk to sign on after
clock-in
Day of the week to start
Display minutes in fraction
Weekly——— Weekly / Bi-weekly
00:00
00:00
40:00
48:00
0
0
0
0
25:00
NO
Non——— Non / 10 min. / 15 min.
/ 20 min. / 30 min.
NO
NO
Monday
NO
4-1-15-2 Programming time & attendance (job code)
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 15.Time & Attendance → 2.Job Code
→ Select “Job name”
Memory No.
1
Descriptor
Cook
Pay Rate
Tip Declaration Compulsory
——— Job name
2.56
NO
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-61
Program 3
4-1-15-3 Programming time & attendance (employee & schedule)
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 15.Time & Attendance
→ 3.Employee & Schedule → Select “Employee”
Memory No.
1
Employee No.
123456——— 0 ~ 999999, leading “0” are ignored.
——— Maximum 16-digits from the leftmost side
Descriptor
Sean Harrioson
Social Security No.
1234567890——— 0 ~ 9999999999, leading “0” are not ignored.
——— Choose an item from the pulldown menu.
Job Code(1)
Cook
Job Code(2)
Cashier
Job Code(3)
Dish wash
Job Code(4)
-------Allow to Specify Job Code
when Clocking-in
NO
Allow to Clock-in with NonPreset Job Code
NO
Display Job Code Window
when Clocking-in
NO
Minor Employee
YES
Ignore Schedule Setting
NO
——— Choose the corresponding cashier/clerk name
Cashier/Clerk Name
Harrison
pulldown menu.
Operation: →<ESC/SKIP> → Select “Schedule (day of the week)”
Sean Harrison
Shift(1)
Start Time
End
Time
Break Time
Grace Before
Grace After
Grace Before
Grace After
Shift(2)
Start Time
End
Time
Break Time
Grace Before
Grace After
Grace Before
Grace After
Shift(3)
Start Time
End
Time
Break Time
Grace Before
Grace After
Grace Before
Grace After
P-62
Monday
Cook
08:00
10:00
00:15
10
0
0
15
Start
Start
End
End
Cashier
Start
Start
End
End
Start
Start
End
End
14:30
17:00
00:15
10
0
0
15
Dish washier
18:30
21:00
00:15
10
0
0
15
from the
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 16.Hourly / Item Link
→ Select “Time zone”
0001-031
0002-031
0003-031
0004-031
0005-031
0006-031
0007-031
0008-031
0009-031
0010-031
0011-031
Time Zone(01)
0001-001 GROSS
0002-001 NET
0003-001 CAID
0007-001 CHID
0011-001 CKID
0015-001 CRID
——— Linked item/function record No/ file No.
Selection:
PLU, Subdepartment, Department, Function, Fixed totalizer, Group, Void reason
• You can input the items directly from PLU, subdepartment,
department and function. The PLU#, S-DEPT#, and DEPT#
keys are possible to use.
• If you want to delete the item, move the cursor on an
appropriate item, and then press the <NO> key. All items
below the cursor will be deleted. If you want to delete only
one item, move the cursor on the item and press “0” <YES>.
If you press <YES>, the pulldown menu will appear to select
an item.
4-1-17 Programming mix & match
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 17.Mix & match → Select record
Mix&Match
Descriptor
Type
Mix Match
Rate? (NO=Amount)
Amount/Rate
Taxable Status
Prepared Tax Status(Canada)
Number of Discounts (0-9)
Random Code for Coupon
Target Item
Qty
Comb Itm 1
Qty
Comb Itm 2
Qty
Comb Itm 3
Qty
Comb Itm 4
Qty
Comb Itm 5
Qty
Discount
NO
0.00
Non Tax
NO
0
0
-------0
-------0
-------0
-------0
-------0
-------0
QT-6600 Programming Manual
——— Mix match discount / Coupon
——— YES: Rate, NO: Amount
——— Rate: 0.01 ~ 9999.99, Amount: 0 ~ 999999
——— not used
——— not used
——— 0 ~ 9
——— Coupon random code (0 ~ 9999)
——— PLU, PLU [email protected], or Subdepartment
——— 0 ~ 99
P-63
Program 3
4-1-18 Programming IDC link
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 18.IDC Link → Select record
IDC Link
0001-804
Store File
Store Data
(0001)
——— PLU, Subdepartment, Department, Function, Pull Down
Group, Clerk, Mix & match
If you choose Clerk, then whole transaction is stored
regardless “Store Data” option.
• You can input the items directly from PLU, Subdepartment, Department and mix & match Function. The PLU#,
S-DEPT#, DEPT#, and LIST# keys are possible
t o
use.
• To clear the record, enter “0” and then press the <YES>
key.
0001-004 PLU0001
IDC(1)——— NO / IDC (1) / IDC (2) / IDC (3)/
Whole Transaction——— Item only / Whole Transaction
IDC (PC)
4-1-19 Programming Euro
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 19.Euro (sub currency)
EURO (Sub Currency) Preset
Sub currency is EURO
EURO (sub) addmode
Quit this menu if changed.
YES
0——— Monetary
mode of the sub currency (0 ~ 3)
Note: If you changed this value, just terminate this program and
re-enter, in case of modifying some values in this menu.
0.01——— 0.000001 ~ 999999
Round off——— Round off / Cut off / Round up
LOCAL(main) > EURO(sub) Rate
EURO(sub) Rate Rounding
EURO(sub) > LOCAL(main) Rate
100
LOCAL(main) Rate Rounding
Round off
Print receipt EURO(sub) TL
NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) TAX
NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) Fin
NO
Print receipt EURO(sub) CG
NO
Print report EURO(sub) Amount
NO
EURO(sub) Drawer number
0——— Main
Open drawer immediately
NO
Change is EURO(sub)
NO
P-64
= 0, 1 / Sub (option) = 2
4-1-20 Programming auto program control
This program restricts the broadcasting / receiving feature after programming.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 20.Auto PGM control
Auto Pgm control
0001-905
0002-905
0003-905
0004-905
0902
0999
0000
0000
01——— Parameter
01
00
00
(refer the worksheet below)
Worksheet for Auto program control program
Description
File No.
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
::::
D6 D5 D4 D3
Broadcast this file (designated by D6 ~ D3) only.
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Ignore to receive this file (designated by D6 ~ D3).
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
QT-6600 Programming Manual
D2
D1
P-65
Program 3
4-1-21 Programming Screen color control
This program controls main display part color of the Screen.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 21.Screen color control
0001-906
0002-906
0003-906
0004-906
0005-906
0006-906
0007-906
0008-906
0009-906
0010-906
0099-906
Screen Color
0000000000000000——— Parameter
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
:
0000000000000000
(refer the worksheet below)
Worksheet for Screen color control
0001-906 (Color pattern selection)
Description
Color pattern: pattern 1 = 1 (default), pattern 2 = 2, pattern 3 = 3
Enter “0” if you program special colors.
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
:
D1
0002-906 ~ 0009-906 (Special color program)
0002: Header area, 0003; Scroll area, 0004: Entry area, 0005: Status/ST area, 0006: Frame
window, 0007: Message window, 0008: Error window, 0009: Guidance area,
Description
Color code of the character in window title area
(only for Frame window)
Choice
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Program code
Color code of the back ground in window title area
(only for Frame window)
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
:::
Color code of the frame
(only for Frame window, Message window and Error window)
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
:::
Color code of the character
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Color code of the back ground
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
:::
D15 D14 D13
D12 D11 D10
D9 D8 D7
:::
D6 D5 D4
:::
D3 D2 D1
0010-906 (Special color program)
Description
P-66
Color code of the seat No. 1
Choice
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Color code of the seat No. 2
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Color code of the seat No. 3
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Program code
:::
D9 D8 D7
:::
D6 D5 D4
:::
D3 D2 D1
0011-906 (Special color program)
Description
Color code of the seat No. 4
Choice
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Color code of the seat No. 5
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Color code of the seat No. 6
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Program code
:::
D9 D8 D7
:::
D6 D5 D4
:::
D3 D2 D1
0012-906 ~ 0099-906 (Special color program)
0012 ~ 0099: For items and functions
Description
Color code of the character
Choice
Significant numbers
(001 ~ 256)
Program code
:::
D6 D5 D4
;;;
Always “000”
D3 D2 D1
4-1-22 Programming Australian Features
This program controls Australian Features.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 22.Aust Features → 1.General Flags
General Flags
Print TAX INV on receipts
Print ROUND on receipts
Stop odd cents cashing checks
Stop odd cents RC,PD,LOAN etc
Count Set Menu items
Indent KP Condiments
Default [Swipe] record
Swipe has precedence
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO——— Use parent PLU’s quantity as child PLU’s quantity.
YES
0——— Record No. of the swipe key
NO——— Swipe card without depressing Swipe key.
4-1-23 Programming 22nd address
You can program the general function program by code entry.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 23.22nd Address
22nd Address
0001-022
0002-022
0003-022
220000000000
000000000000
000000000000
:
0050-022
000000000000
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-67
Program 3
4-1-24 Programming check window
You can program the attribution (characteristics) of check number window.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 24.CHK Window
→ Select job
• Select Check/Table Number
This program defines the check No. range and key shape of “Add-on new No. type”
check No. pop-up window.
Descriptor
CHK Window
Select Check/Tab
OK?
YES
0026-085——— Title
of the Add-on new No. type check No. pop-up
window
→ Select job
• CHK# range
This program defines the check No. range of “Add-on new No. type” check No. popup window.
• Key shape
This program defines the key shape of “Add-on new No. type” check No. pop-up
window.
• Select Table area 1 ~ 9
Descriptor
CHK Window
Table area 1
OK?
0027-085
——— Title of the Table layout type check No. pop-up window
YES
→ Select job
• CHK/TBL No.
This program defines the check No./table No. to the key in the pop-up window.
• Key Attribute
This program defines the key shape and picture of the key in the pop-up window.
• Key Delete
This program deletes the key in the pop-up window.
• Select Keyboard
This program defines the key at the bottom of check No. pop-up window
→ Select job
• Key Assign
This program defines the key at the bottom the pop-up window.
• Key Attribute
This program defines the key color and key text of the key at the bottom of the pop-up
window.
• Key Delete
This program deletes the key at the bottom of the pop-up window.
P-68
4-1-25 Programming customer control
You can program the parameters to control customer.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 25.Customer Control
Customer Control
Allow to create new customer
Automatic create new customer
Confirm to clear customer
AUTO Customer Start Range
AUTO Customer End Range
Enter Name for new customer
Enter Address for new customer
Enter Phone# for new customer
Digit of customer card No.
YES——— Allow to create new customer in REG mode.
YES——— Create customer No. automatically
NO——— Confirm to clear customer data at finalization.
201——— Start value of the auto customer No. range (0 ~ 9999)
301——— End value of the auto customer No. range (0 ~ 9999)
NO——— Force to enter the name of the customer while creation.
NO——— Force to enter the address of the customer while creation.
NO——— Force to enter the phone-# of the customer while creation.
12——— The No. of the digit of the customer in customer card.
(0 ~ 12)
offset value of the customer No. in customer card.
(0 ~ 16)
0——— Site ID No. (0000 ~ 9999)
0——— The offset value of the site ID in customer card (0 ~ 9)
7——— The
Customer card No. offset
Site ID
Site ID card offset
Note: Magnetic card data format
Header
Account code
(13 - 16 characters)
Customer No.
Offset value
•••
Site ID
No. of digits
Offset value
4-digits
4-1-26 Programming customer group
You can program the parameters to control customer group.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 26.Customer Group
→ Select customer group
Memory No.
1
——— Group name (0 ~ 16)
Group name
Group01
Loyalty type
Discount——— Discount / Not used
Credit limit
0.00——— (0 ~ 99999999; “0” is treated as no limitation.)
Print Cust Name on rct
NO——— Print customer name on receipt.
Print Address
on rct
NO——— Print customer address on receipt.
Print Phone No. on rct
NO——— Print customer phone No. on receipt.
Print Cust Name on order
NO——— Print customer name on order.
Print Address
on order
NO——— Print customer address on order.
Print Phone No. on order
NO——— Print customer phone No. on order.
——— Discount 1 descriptor (0 ~ 16)
Discount(1)
ST (%)
0.00——— Discount 1 percent rate (0.00 ~ 99.99)
ST T/S
Non Tax——— Tax status (see discount key program)
Prepared Tax Status(Canada)
NO
——— Discount 2 descriptor (0 ~ 16)
Discount(2)
Selective Item1 (%)
0.00——— Discount 2 percent rate (0.00 ~ 99.99)
——— Discount 3 descriptor (0 ~ 16)
Discount(3)
Selective Item2 (%)
0.00——— Discount 3 percent rate (0.00 ~ 99.99)
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-69
Program 3
4-1-27 Programming character conversion table for CF X/Z data
You can define character conversion table for X/Z data in CF card.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 27.CF X/Z Conv
0001-087
0002-087
0003-087
0004-087
0005-087
CF X/Z Conv
000255
000000
000000
000000
000000
000095——— Original
00000
000000
000000
000000
code (0 ~ 255) / Converted code (0 ~ 255)
4-1-28 Programming keyboard color theme
You can define the color theme.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 28.Color Theme
0001-908
0002-908
0003-908
0004-908
0005-908
0100-908
Rec#
001
002
003
004
:
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
:
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
P-70
Color Theme
051051051255255255——— Background color code: Red , Green, Blue (0 ~ 255)
Character color code: Red, Green, Blue (0 ~ 255)
191191191000000000
Value 0: thinnest ----- Value 255: thickest
255127127000000000
255191127000000000
254255127000000000
:
000000000000000000
Contents
Window title color
Window color
Title box color of the check window 1, 11
Title box color of the check window 2, 12
:
Title box color of the check window 10, 20
No check color of key in check window
Occupied color of key in check window
New balanced color of key in check window
Guest receipt issued color of key in check window
Finalized color of key in check window
Table shared color of key in check window
Title box color of the clerk 1 window
Title box color of the clerk 2 window
:
Title box color of the clerk 9 window
not used
Title box color of mode window
REG icon color of mode window
RF icon color of mode window
REG- icon color of mode window
not used
X/Z icon color of mode window
Manager icon color of mode window
Inline icon color of mode window
AUTO PGM icon color of mode window
CF CARD icon color of mode window
PGM1 icon color of mode window
PGM2 icon color of mode window
PGM3 icon color of mode window
PGM4 icon color of mode window
PGM5 icon color of mode window
Rec#
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
Contents
PGM6 icon color of mode window
not used
Desktop and menu level display part color
Function key with bar keytop color
Pressed key color
Key side color (lighter side)
Key side color (darker side)
Deleted key color
not used
Title box color of key attribution program window
Key color of key attribution (key color) window
Key color of key attribution (key shape) window
Key color of key attribution (key text) window
Key color of key attribution (picture) window
Title box color of key color program window
Title box color of key shape program window
Title box color of picture program window
Key color of key shape program window
Character programming key color
Cursor key color of picture program window
not used
Desktop color of separate check window
Background color of separate check window
Key color of separate check source window
Key color of separate check target window
Active key color of separate check target window
Subtotal line color of separate check window
Item color of separate check window
Cursor key color of separate check window
OK key color of separate check window
CANCEL key color of separate check window
4-1-29 Programming keyboard color definition
You can define the color of the item, function key in the keyboard
item, function key in the pulldown group
clerk, function key in the clerk window
check No., function key in the check No. window.
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 29.Color Definition
Color Definition
051051051255255255
191191191000000000——— Background color code: Red , Green, Blue (0 ~ 255)
Character color code: Red, Green, Blue (0 ~ 255)
255127127000000000
Value 0: thinnest ----- Value 255: thickest
255191127000000000
254255127000000000
:
000000000000000000
0001-907
0002-907
0003-907
0004-907
0005-907
0100-907
Note
The contents of this file is shown in the key color program window.
4-1-30 Programming TCP/IP
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 30.TCP/IP
0001-900
0002-900
0003-900
0004-900
0011-900
0012-900
0026-900
TCP/IP
0000000000 000000000000——— Not
used/
D1 = 4: Direct connection with terminal/ printer
D1 = 2 : FTP server, D4 ~ D2 = FTP server timeout value (0 - 999 sec.)
D1 = 1: DHCP server
0000000000 000000000000——— Not used/ Lease start IP address
0000000000 000000000000——— Not used/ Sub net mask
0000000000 000000000000——— Not used/ Default gateway
:
0000000000 000000000000——— Not
0000000000 000000000000——— Not
:
0000000000 000000000000——— Not
used/ IP address of LAN printer 1
used/ IP address of LAN printer 2
used/ IP address of LAN printer 16
4-1-31 Programming external device serial number
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 31.External Device Number
External Device Number
0001-920
0002-920
0003-920
0004-920
000000——— Serial
000000
000000
000000
QT-6600 Programming Manual
number for Orderman.
P-71
Program 3
4-1-32 Programming additional order control
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 32.Add. Order Control
→ Select “Order printer”
Memory No.
1
Use Add. Order Control
Number of Bon
Print Location Character
Print Item Price
Stop printing message on
double BON
Print Detail of Set Menu
Auto cutting every KP order
Print dashed line
Perform item consolidation on
KP
Number of line feed before
auto cut
Number of line feed after
auto cut
Check No. revers print
Qty separate on order bon
Cond/Prep normal letter
Cut when order character is
used
Vertical double size character
for order printing
Send drawer signal
NO——— In case of using “Add. order control”,
0
No Print——— Print order with order character.
No Print
No Print
No Print
NO
NO
NO
0
0
YES
NO——— Print
NO——— Print
quantity in two lines.
condiment/ preparation in normal/ double size letter
NO——— Stop
cutting in case of printing with order character.
NO
NO——— Send
drawer signal to the printer for kitchen bell.
4-1-33 Programming FTP login password
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 33.FTP Login Password
0001-911
0002-911
0003-911
0004-911
0005-911
FTP Login Password
QTCTHRD
OTTFFSSENT——— Login
AAAAAAAAAA 1111111111
BBBBBBBBBB 2222222222
CCCCCCCCCC 3333333333
:
0010-911
P-72
select “YES”.
ID / Password (10 digits each)
4-1-34 Programming FTP server name
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 34.FTP Server Name→ Select server
Memory No.
Title name
IP ADDRESS
LOGIN ID
PASSWORD
FOLDER
1
——— FTP server name (Max. 20 characters)
Head Office
123123123123——— IP address of FTP server
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP——— Password (Max. 16 characters)
OPQRSTUVVXYZABCD——— Login ID (Max. 16 characters)
——— Folder name (Max. 20 characters)
FTPFOLDER
4-1-35 Programming FTP translation file
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 35.FTP Trans File → Select title
Memory No.
1
Title name
Direction
Data Type
Z Clear If Z data
Send file No.
Recv file name
——— Title name (Max. 20 characters)
To Server——— Select “To server” or “From Server”.
X/Z——— Select “X/Z” or “PGM”.
YES——— Select “YES” or “NO”.
4——— Select file No. within 4-digits (N1N2N3N4)
——— File name (Max. 20 characters)
FILE004P.TXT
PLU X Data
File No.: Enter the file No. described on the page P-18 ~ 22, except PLU stock (0064),
electronic journal (0048), copy all data (0090), and copy all program data (0092)
4-1-36 Programming PC Keyboard
Operation: <PGM3> → 1.Machine Feature → 36.PC Keyboard
PC Keyboard
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0001-374
0002-374
0003-374
0004-374
0005-374
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
*1
*1, *2
1. Ten key (“1” ~ “9”)
2. Ten key (“0”, “00”, “000”)
3. Decimal position
4. Department key
5. Flat PLU
6. One touch NLU
7. Other function
*2
00——— Function code/ Function record No. / Character code /
Effective CAPS Lock
00
00
Note: Please perform the flag clear operation of the
00
terminal after changing the PC keyboard.
00
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
Function code
201
201
098
051
063
138
Free function code
Function record No.
CAPS Lock
0001 ~ 0009
Effective = “01”
0010 ~ 0012
Not effective = “00”
0000
Record No. of file-005
Recorc No. of file-004
Record No. of file-077
Record No. of file-002
Hard key code of PC keyboard
110
1
112 113 114 115
2
16
3
17
30
4
18
31
44 45
46
5
19
32
47
116 117 118 119
6
20
33
48
7
21
34
49
8
22
35
9
23
36
50
10
24
37
51
120 121 122 123
52
11
25
38
53
12
26
39
54
13
27
40
41
55
124 125 126
15
28
43
80
81
90
95 100 105
75
85
91
96 101
76
86
92
97 102
93
98 103
106
42
57
83
58
59
60
61
62
63
79
QT-6600 Programming Manual
108
99
64
84
104
89
P-73
Program 3
P-74
4-2. Programming clerks
4-2-1
Programming clerk control
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 1.Clerk Feature → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
——— Descriptor (16 digits)
Descriptor
C01
Secret number
1——— Secret code (1 ~ 9999)
Check No. for Clerk Interrupt
1——— Check number for clerk interrupt (0 ~ 999999)
Drawer number
0——— Drawer number (1 ~ 2)
Type of operator
Cashier——— Cashier / Clerk / Manager
Treat as Trainee
NO
Allow clerk to open check No.
belonging to another clerks
NO
Prohibit clerk sign on
NO
Clerk sign off when receipt is
issued
YES
Void operation
Current only——— Current only / Complete void / Not allowed
Sound File
0——— The last 2 digit of the sound file number
4-2-2
Programming operation
4-2-2-1 Programming clerk control
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 1.Clerk Control → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Check No. Compulsory
Table No. Compulsory
No. of Covers Compulsory
GST RCT Compulsory(Finalize)
GST RCT Compulsory(NB)
Slip Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(Finalize)
SLIP Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(NB)
Seat Number Compulsory
Eat-in/Take-out Compulsory
QT-6600 Programming Manual
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
P-75
Program 3
4-2-2-2 Programming menu shift/[email protected]
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 2.Menu Shift/[email protected]→ Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Allow to operate 1st Menu
Allow to operate 2nd Menu
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Allow to operate 9th Menu
Allow to operate 10th Menu
Allow to operate 11th Menu
Allow to operate 12th Menu
Allow to operate 13th Menu
Allow to operate 14th Menu
Allow to operate 15th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on
Check window default menu
Menu shift
Price shift
YES——— Allow/Prohibit to register by n-th (n = 1 ~ 15) Menu.
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0——— Shift PLU after sign on: (1 ~ 8)
0——— Menu shift after sign on: (1 ~ 15)
0——— Price shift after sign on: (1 ~ 2)
0——— Default menu No. after opening the check window
Table layout type 01 ~ 19 = 01 ~ 19, Full screen type 01 ~
03 = 21 ~ 23
Status——— Status/ Staydown/ Single transaction
Status——— Status/ Staydown/ Single transaction
4-2-2-3 Programming mode control
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 3.Mode Control → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Allow to operate REG Mode
Allow to operate RF
Mode
Allow to operate REG- Mode
Allow to operate PGM1 Mode
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode
Allow to operate X/Z Mode
Allow to operate Manager Mode
Allow to operate Inline X/Z
Allow to operate AUTO PGM
Allow to operate CF Card
Default mode after sign on
P-76
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
REG——— REG
/ PGM1 / X/Z
4-2-2-4 Programming function control 1
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 4.Allowed function 1 → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Cash
Charge
Check
Credit
Food Stamp Tender
New Balance
EBT Tender
Price Inquiry
Stock Inquiry
Character Recall
Character Print
Check Print
Clerk Transfer
Table Transfer
Tip
Normal Receipt
Loan
Received on Account
Paid out
Pick up
Coupon
Deposit
Minus
% Minus
Plus
% Plus
Refund
Coupon2
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
4-2-2-5 Programming function control 2
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 5.Allowed function 2 → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Validation
Receipt
Check Endorsement
#
#/Non Sales
Non Sales
Number of Covers
Arrangement
Currency Exchange
VAT
Bill Copy
SLIP Back Feed/Release
SLIP Print
SLIP Feed/Release
T/S
Table Number
F/S
Money Declaration
Tax Exempt
Menu Shift
Shift PLU
LC Open
Preset Open
1st unit price shift
2nd unit price shift
QT-6600 Programming Manual
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
P-77
Program 3
4-2-2-6 Programming function control 3
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 6.Allowed function 3 → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Operator X/Z
Tray Total
Subtotal
Receipt On/Off
TAST
Operator Number
MDST
FSST
X
X/For
X/XX
X/XXX
Ketten Bon
Selective Item ST
New Check
Old Check
New/Old Check
Add Check
Separate Check
Coupon Number
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
4-2-2-7 Programming function control 4
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 7.Allowed function 4 → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Substitution
House Bon
Operator Open Check
Media Change
Seat Number
Display On/Off
REG Mode
X/Z Mode
PGM Mode
Post Entry
Round Repeat
Eat-in
Take-out
Store
Recall
Dutch Account
Customer No.
Payment
E-Journal Display
Home Position
Display Mode Change
All Void (Current only)
All Void (Complete Void)
P-78
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
4-2-2-8 Programming function control 5
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 8.Allowed function 5 → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Price
PLU Number
Sub Department Number
Department Number
List Number
Touch PLU
Touch Department
Touch Sub Department
Touch List
Search
Order Char Change
Price Change
One Touch PLU
Not Found PLU
Work Time
Free Function List
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
4-2-2-9 Programming arrangement control
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 9.Arrangement → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
ARG GP(1) Operation
ARG GP(2) Operation
ARG GP(3) Operation
ARG GP(4) Operation
ARG GP(5) Operation
QT-6600 Programming Manual
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
P-79
Program 3
4-2-2-10 Programming X/Z report control
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 2.Operation → 10.Report → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Daily X
Daily Z
Periodic(1) X
Periodic(1) Z
Periodic(2) X
Periodic(2) Z
Batch X/Z(1)
Batch X/Z(2)
Batch X/Z(3)
Batch X/Z(4)
Batch X/Z(5)
Batch X/Z(6)
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
Operator Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z
Employee Edit
4-2-3
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Programming commission rate
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 3.Commission Rate → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Commission Rate(1)
Commission Rate(2)
4-2-4
0.00——— 0.00
0.00——— 0.00
~ 99.99 (or flat fee)
~ 99.99 (or flat fee)
Programming table range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 4.Table Range → Select clerk
Memory No.
1
Start Table Range
End Table Range
P-80
0——— 0
0——— 0
~ 999999
~ 999999
4-2-5
Programming clerk control by range
4-2-5-1 Programming clerk control by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 1.Clerk Control
Clerk Control
Check No. Compulsory
Table No. Compulsory
No. of Covers Compulsory
GST RCT Compulsory(Finalize)
GST RCT Compulsory(NB)
Slip Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(Finalize)
SLIP Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(NB)
Seat Number Compulsory
Eat-in/Take-out Compulsory
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
4-2-5-2 Programming menu shift / [email protected] by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 2.Menu Shift / [email protected]
Menu Shift / [email protected]
Allow to operate 1st Menu
Allow to operate 2nd Menu
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Allow to operate 9th Menu
Allow to operate 10th Menu
Allow to operate 11th Menu
Allow to operate 12th Menu
Allow to operate 13th Menu
Allow to operate 14th Menu
Allow to operate 15th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on
Check window default menu
Menu shift
Price shift
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
0
0
0
Status
Status
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-81
Program 3
4-2-5-3 Programming mode control by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 3.Mode Control
Mode Control
Allow to operate REG Mode
Allow to operate RF
Mode
Allow to operate REG- Mode
Allow to operate PGM1 Mode
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode
Allow to operate X/Z Mode
Allow to operate Manager Mode
Allow to operate Inline Mode
Allow to operate AUTO PGM
Allow to operate CF Card
Default mode after sign on
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
REG
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
4-2-5-4 Programming function control 1 by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 4.Allowed function 1
Allowed function 1
Cash
Charge
Check
Credit
Food Stamp Tender
New Balance
EBT Tender
Price Inquiry
Stock Inquiry
Character Recall
Character Print
Check Print
Clerk Transfer
Table Transfer
Tip
Normal Receipt
Loan
Received on Account
Paid out
Pick up
Coupon
Deposit
Minus
% Minus
Plus
% Plus
Refund
Coupon2
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
P-82
4-2-5-5 Programming function control 2 by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 5.Allowed function 2
Allowed function 2
Validation
Receipt
Check Endorsement
#
#/Non Sales
Non Sales
Number of Covers
Arrangement
Currency Exchange
VAT
Bill Copy
SLIP Back Feed/Release
SLIP Print
SLIP Feed/Release
T/S
Table Number
F/S
Money Declaration
Tax Exempt
Menu Shift
Shift PLU
LC Open
Preset Open
1st unit price shift
2nd unit price shift
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
4-2-5-6 Programming function control 3 by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 6.Allowed function 3
Allowed function 3
Operator X/Z
Tray Total
Subtotal
Receipt On/Off
TAST
Operator Number
MDST
FSST
X
X/For
X/XX
X/XXX
Ketten Bon
Selective Item ST
New Check
Old Check
New/Old Check
Add Check
Separate Check
Coupon Number
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-83
Program 3
4-2-5-7 Programming function control 4 by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 7.Allowed function 4
Allowed function 4
Substitution
House Bon
Operator Open Check
Media Change
Seat Number
Display On/Off
REG Mode
X/Z Mode
PGM Mode
Post Entry
Round Repeat
Eat-in
Take-out
Store
Recall
Dutch Account
Customer No.
Payment
E-Journal Display
Home Position
Display Mode Change
All Void (Current only)
All Void (Complete Void)
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
4-2-5-8 Programming function control 5 by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 8.Allowed function 5
Allowed function 5
Price
PLU Number
Sub Department Number
Department Number
List Number
Touch PLU
Touch Department
Touch Sub Department
Touch List
Price Change
NLU
NFP
Work Time
Function List
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
P-84
4-2-5-9 Programming arrangement control by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 9.Arrangement
ARG
ARG
ARG
ARG
ARG
GP(1)
GP(2)
GP(3)
GP(4)
GP(5)
Arrangement
Operation
Operation
Operation
Operation
Operation
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
4-2-5-10 Programming X/Z report control by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 10.Report
Report
Daily X
Daily Z
Periodic(1) X
Periodic(1) Z
Periodic(2) X
Periodic(2) Z
Batch X/Z(1)
Batch X/Z(2)
Batch X/Z(3)
Batch X/Z(4)
Batch X/Z(5)
Batch X/Z(6)
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
Operator Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z
Employee Edit
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-85
Program 3
4-2-5-11 Programming commission rate by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 11.Commission Rate
Commission Rate
Commission Rate(1)
Commission Rate(2)
0.00——— 0.00
0.00——— 0.00
~ 99.99
~ 99.99
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
4-2-5-12 Programming table range by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 5.Range → 12.Table range
Table Range
Start Table Range
End Table Range
0——— 0
0——— 0
~ 999999
~ 999999
Operation: → Specify Start and End number
4-2-6
Programming clerk detail
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 6.Clerk Detail
0001-030
0002-030
0003-030
0004-030
0005-030
0006-030
0007-030
0008-030
0009-030
0010-030
Clerk
0001-001
0002-001
0003-001
0001-006
0005-006
0001-002
Detail
GROSS
NET
CAID
GROUP01
PLU0001
CASH
——— Linked totalizer (rec No. - file No., descriptor)
• Add/Modify the record
→ Select record → Select Item
• Delete all record after specified
→ Select record → <NO> key
• Delete the record only
→ Select record → “0” <YES> key
P-86
4-2-7
Programming clerk key ID
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 7.Clerk Key ID
1234567890AB
ABCDEFGHIJKL
Clerk Key ID
C01
GLENN DEAL
——— i-Button key ID character / Clerk name (Arrangement No.)
• Add/Modify the record
→ Attach i-Button to the receiver → Select Clerk
or
→ Attach i-Button to the receiver → Enter arrangement file No. (3-digit) and
arrangement table No. (4-digit) and press <YES> key.
• Delete the record
→ Select record → Select (Key ID reset)
4-2-8
Programming clerk pop-up window
You can program the attribution (characteristics) of clerk pop-up window.
Operation: <PGM3> → 2.Clerk → 8.Clerk Window
• Select Clerk window 1 ~ 9
Descriptor
Clerk Window
Clerk window1
OK?
0036-085——— Title
of the clerk pop-up window 1
YES
→ Select job
• Key Assign
This program defines a clerk to a key in the pop-up window. In case of deleting the
assignment, select (Clerk reset).
• Key Attribute
This program defines the key color, shape and picture of the key in the pop-up window.
• Key Delete
This program deletes the key in the pop-up window.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-87
Program 3
4-3. Programming key features
4-3-1
Programming PLU features
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 1.PLU→ *Select item
Memory No.
1
Random Code
123——— 000001 ~ 999999
Descriptor
PLU0001
——— 0 ~ 24 characters
Price
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Receipt Type
Normal Item——— Normal Item / Single Item
Item Type
Normal Item——— Normal Item / Condiment / Preparation
Group Link
-------Dept Link
-------Sub-Dept Link
-------Taxable status
Non Tax——— See below.
Prepared Tax Status(Canada)
NO———“YES”: prepared tax, “NO”: not prepared tax
Commission 1
N0
Commission 2
NO
Selective item
None
Order color
Black——— Black / Red for TM-U220, Normal / Reverse for UP-400
Order Print #1
NO——— Order Print #1 ~ #16:
Order Print #2
NO
These numbers are defined in the printer connection table
:
Order Print #16
NO
Order Char Link
-------Number of Bon
0——— 0 ~ 9
Unit Stock
0.000——— 0.001 ~ 99.999
Minimum Stock
0.000——— 0.001 ~ 99.999
Set Menu Table
123
List Link #1
-------List Link #2
-------List Link #3
-------List Link #4
-------Open PLU
Zero Unit Price
NO
Negative Price
NO
Hash Item
NO
Full Hash Item
NO
High Amount Limit
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Low Digit Limit
0——— 0, 1 ~ 7, (8, 9: prohibit entry)
Multiple VLD
N Repeat
Use main Item Amt Only
NO
Use Primuum Item of Set
NO
Category No.
0——— Do not use in Add-on tax system
Item Follows Department
NO
Block/Close Item
NO
Scalable
NO
Allow Manual Scale Entry
NO
Tare Link
0
Rollup Condiment
NO
P-88
Note:
• If you want to delete the program in the group link, dept link, sub-dept link, list link, order character link field,
enter “0” and press the <YES> key.
• If you designate PLU by random code instead of memory number, set “Use random code” in the machine control
2 of general features in PGM 3. (refer to page 36.)
• Taxable status: (The options are dependent on tax system.)
SINGLE TAX/VAT:
1. Non Tax, 2. T/S1, 3. T/S2, 4. T/S3, 5. T/S4, 6. T/S5, 7. T/S6, 8. T/S7, 9. T/S8, 10. T/S9, 11. T/S10
U.S. or Singapore:
1. Non Tax, 2. T/S1, 3. T/S2, 4. T/S3, 5. T/S1 & 2, 6. T/S1 & 3, 7. T/S2 & 3,
8. T/S1, 2 & 3, 9. Non Tax & F/S, 10. T/S1 & F/S, 11. T/S2 & F/S, 12. T/S3 & F/S, 13. T/S1 & 2 & F/S, 14.
T/S1 & 3 & F/S, 15. T/S2 & 3 & F/S, 16. T/S1, 2 & 3 & F/S
Canada:
1. Non Tax, 2. T/S1, 3. T/S2, 4. T/S3, 5. T/S4, 6. T/S1 & 2, 7. T/S1 & 3, 8. T/S1 & 4, 9.Non Tax & Baked
Stuff (Donuts tax), 10. T/S1 & Baked Stuff, 11. T/S2 & Baked Stuff, 12. T/S3 & Baked Stuff, 13. T/S4 &
Baked Stuff, 14. T/S1, 2 & Baked Stuff, 15. T/S1, 3 & Baked Stuff, 16. T/S1, 4 & Baked Stuff
4-3-2
Programming PLU [email protected] features
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 2.PLU [email protected]→ *Select item
Memory No.
1
Random Code
0
——— 0 ~ 24 characters
Descriptor
PLU0001
Qty
0.00——— 0.00 ~ 9999.99
Price
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Group Link
-------Dept Link
-------Sub-Dept Link
-------Taxable status
Non Tax——— See the Note of the
Unit Stock
0.000——— 0.001 ~ 99.999
Zero Unit Price
NO
*
PLU programming section.
Item selection: There are 4 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
4. Using character search: You can search an item by its name.
Press <SEARCH> key, enter a few characters and press the <ENTER> key.
The terminal searches the item includes these characters.
After character search, press <UP ARROW> / <DOWN ARROW> shows the next/
previous candidate.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-89
Program 3
4-3-3
Programming subdepartment features
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 3.Sub-Department → Select item
Memory No.
1
Descriptor
SUBDEPT01
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
Price
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Receipt Type
Normal Item——— Normal Item / Single Item
Group Link
-------Dept Link
-------Taxable status
Non Tax——— See the Note of the PLU programming section.
Prepared Tax Status(Canada)
NO
Commission 1
NO
Commission 2
NO
Selective item
None
Order color
Black——— Black / Red for TM-U220, Normal / Reverse for UP-400
Order Print #1
NO——— Order Print #1 ~ #16:
These numbers are defined in the printer connection table
Order Print #2
NO
:
Order Print #16
NO
Order Char Link
-------Number of Bon
0——— 0 ~ 9
List Link #1
-------List Link #2
-------List Link #3
-------List Link #4
-------Zero Unit Price
NO
Negative Price
NO
Hash Item
NO
Full Hash Item
NO
High Amount Limit
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Low Digit Limit
0——— 0, 1 ~ 7, (8, 9: prohibit entry)
Multiple VLD
N Repeat
Color Link
0——— Record No. of the display area color definition file (file-
906): (12 ~ 99)
P-90
4-3-4
Programming department features
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 4.Department → Select item
Memory No.
1
Random Code
123——— 000001 ~ 999999
Descriptor
DEPT01
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
Price
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Receipt Type
Normal Item——— Normal Item / Single Item
Group Link
-------Taxable status
Non Tax——— See the Note of the PLU programming section.
Prepared Tax Status(Canada)
NO
Commission 1
N0
Commission 2
NO
Selective item
None
Order color
Black——— Black / Red for TM-U220, Normal / Reverse for UP-400
Order Print #1
NO——— Order Print #1 ~ #16:
Order Print #2
NO
These numbers are defined in the printer connection table
:
Order Print #16
NO
Order Char Link
-------Number of Bon
0——— 0 ~ 9
List Link #1
-------List Link #2
-------List Link #3
-------List Link #4
-------Open DEPT
Zero Unit Price
NO
Negative Price
NO
Hash Item
NO
Full Hash Item
NO
High Amount Limit
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Low Digit Limit
0——— 0, 1 ~ 7, (8, 9: prohibit entry)
Multiple VLD
N Repeat
Color Link
0——— Record No. of the display area color definition file (fileScalable
NO
906): (12 ~ 99)
Allow Manual Scale Entry
NO
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-91
Program 3
4-3-5
Programming by range
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 5.Range
→ Select the job
PLU
1. Receipt Type
2. Item Type
3. Group Link
4. Dept Link
5. Sub-Dept Link
6. Taxable status
7. Prepared tax status
8. Commission 1
9. Commission 2
10. Selective Item
11. Order color
12. Order Print #1
13. Order Print #2
:
27. Order Print #16
28. Order Char Link
29. Number of Bon
20. Unit Stock
31. Minimum Stock
32. Set Menu Table
33. List Link #1
34. List Link #2
35. List Link #3
36. List Link #4
37. Open PLU
38. Zero Unit Price
39. Negative Price
40. Hash Item
41. Full Hash Item
42. High Amount Limit
43. Low Digit Limit
44. Multiple VLD
PLU [email protected]
1. Group Link
2. Dept Link
3. Sub-Dept Link
4. Taxable status
Sub-Dept
1. Receipt Type
Dept
1. Receipt Type
2. Group Link
3. Dept Link
2. Group Link
4. Taxable status
5. Prepared tax status
6. Commission 1
7. Commission 2
8. Selective Item
9. Order color
10. Order Print #1
11. Order Print #2
:
25. Order Print #16
26. Order Char Link
27. Number of Bon
3. Taxable status
4. Prepared tax status
5. Commission 1
6. Commission 2
7. Selective Item
8. Order color
9. Order Print #1
10. Order Print #2
:
24. Order Print #16
25. Order Char Link
26. Number of Bon
5. Unit Stock
28. List Link #1
29. List Link #2
30. List Link #3
31. List Link #4
6. Zero Unit Price
45. Use main Item Amt Only
46. Use Premium Item of Set
47. Category No.
48. Item Follows Department
49. Block/ Close item
50. Scalable
51. Allow Manual Scale Entry
52. Tare Link
53. Rollup Condiment
27. List Link #1
28. List Link #2
29. List Link #3
30. List Link #4
31. Open DEPT
32. Zero Unit Price
32. Zero Unit Price
33. Negative Price
33. Negative Price
34. Hash Item
34. Hash Item
35. Full Hash Item
35. Full Hash Item
36. High Amount Limit 36. High Amount Limit
37. Low Digit Limit
37. Low Digit Limit
38. Multiple VLD
38. Multiple VLD
39. Color Link
39. Color Link
40. Scalable
41. Allow Manual Scale entry
→ Program of each job (refer to the explanations and notes of the PLU section)
→ Specify Start and End number
P-92
4-3-6
Programming individual program
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 6.Individual PGM
→ Select the job
1. Receipt Type
2. Item Type
3. Group Link
4. Dept Link
5. Sub-Dept Link
6. Taxable status
7. Prepared tax status
8. Commission 1
9. Commission 2
10. Selective Item
11. Order color
12. Order Print #1
13. Order Print #2
:
27. Order Print #16
28. Order Char Link
29. Number of Bon
30. Unit Stock
31. Minimum Stock
32. Set Menu Table
33. List Link #1
34. List Link #2
35. List Link #3
36. List Link #4
37. Open PLU
38. Zero Unit Price
39. Negative Price
40. Hash Item
41. Full Hash Item
42. High Amount Limit
43. Low Digit Limit
44. Multiple VLD
45. Use main Item Amt Only
46. Use Premium Item of Set
47. Category No.
48. Item Follows Department
49. Block/ Close Item
50. Scalable
51. Allow Manual Scale Entry
52. Tare Link
53. Rollup Condiment
→ Program of each job (refer to the explanations and notes of the PLU section)
→ Specify the item
4-3-7
Programming key function program
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 7.Function Key
→ Select key on the keyboard (The current program is shown.) → Change program if necessary
or
→ Enter parameter and press the key
Refer to the worksheet of the function keys described on the following pages.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-93
Program 3
4-3-7-1 Worksheet for cash, charge, credit and check
Description
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Open drawer when the key is pressed.
a
Clear check after finalization.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Room number compulsory. (<CH> only)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D14
;
Always “0”
D13
Restriction (to 0, 5) on last digit for amount tendered.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Perform guest receipt printing.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Next dollar tender. (<CA> only)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Significant
number (0 ~9)
Force validation operation.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print check number barcode on receipt.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Restriction (to 00, 50) on last two digits for amount
tendered (Only for <CASH> in Danish rounding).
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Force check endorsement printing (Only for <CHECK>).
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Force check printing (Only for <CHECK>).
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Prohibit entry of a partial payment.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Prohibit the entry of the amount tendered.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Force entry of the amount tendered.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print VAT breakdown.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
b
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
c
Subtotal = 0
Tender = 4
No change due is made in tendering operation.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Finnish rounding
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
High amount limit specification for change amount due.
P-94
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
D9
Force slip printing.
High amount limit specification for subtotal and tendering
amounts.
:
;
Always “0”
Check cashing commission (Only for <CHECK>)
1 Use an amount
2 Use a rate
Validation amount
1 Print subtotal amount 2 Print amount tendered
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
4-3-7-2 Worksheet for new balance
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.
Print check number barcode on receipt.
a
b
Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
;
Always “0”
D9
a
Force slip printing.
Open drawer when the key is pressed.
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b)
D8
;
Always “0”
D7
a
Print VAT breakdown.
Service charge
1 Use an amount
Program code
2 Use a rate
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
Tax calculation
No = 0, Temporary = 1, Yes = 2
Always “000”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
Yes = 0
No = 2
Significant
number (0 ~ 2)
:
(a+b)
D6
:
D5
:
D4
;;;
D3 D2 D1
P-95
Program 3
4-3-7-3 Worksheet for food stamp tender, EBT tender
Description
Choice
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Force validation operation.
Program code
:
D11
:
D10
;
Always “0”
D9
Force slip printing.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Prohibit over tender. (only for <EBT>)
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
(a+b)
D8
;
Always “0”
D7
Print VAT breakdown.
Validation amount
1 Print FSST amount
a
2 Print FS/EBT amount tendered
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
1=0
2=4
:
(a+b)
D6
;
Always “0”
D5
High amount limit specification for subtotal and tendering
amounts.
Always “00”
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
::
D4 D3
;;
D2 D1
P-96
4-3-7-4 Worksheet for text print, text recall
Description
Print characters to order printer 1.
a
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 2.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 3.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print characters to order printer 4.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 5.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 6.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print characters to order printer 7.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 8.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 9.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print characters to order printer 10.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 11.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 12.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print characters to order printer 13.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 14.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 15.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 16.
Significant
numbers
Color link number (record No. of color link file: File-906)
(“00 ~ 11” is treated as “03”.)
Significant
numbers
:
(a+b+c)
D16
:
D15
::
D14 D13
::::
D11 D10 D9 D8
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b)
D7
Significant
number
::
a
Black = 0
Red = 1
Display/print with quantity.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Staydown “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(effective only for “text recall” key)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
(a+b+c)
D17
a
Printing color (effective only for order)
Always “00”
:
(a+b+c)
D18
Yes = 0
No = 1
Order character record No. (01 ~ 99)
(“00” clears programming)
Order style:
Independent = 0, Follow one item = 1, Follow all items = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D19
D12
Start record number of displaying “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(“0000” means “0001”.)
Print characters to sales receipt printer.
:
(a+b+c)
D20
;
Always “0”
Allow clerk change or mode change after pressing the key as
the first transaction.
Program code
Significant
number
:
D6 D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
D3
;+
D2 D1
P-97
Program 3
4-3-7-5 Worksheet for check print
Description
Choice
Significant
number
Number of auto back feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
Program code
:
D7
;;;;;;
Always “000000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-6 Worksheet for clerk transfer
Description
Clerk number
1 Memory number
Choice
1=0
2=1
2 Clerk secret number
Program code
:
D7
;;;;;
Always “00000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Transfer by Dallas key operation.
:
D1
4-3-7-7 Worksheet for table transfer
Description
Choice
Transfer time and clerk while ST transfer.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Transfer detail registration while ST transfer.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print transfer amount while ST transfer.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Allow to add checks while table transfer.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Transfer the number of customer.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Transfer only total amounts. (ST transfer)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Auto check transfer
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Receipt is issued, even if the receipt switch is off.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Auto check transfer with customer name
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print VAT breakdown
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print receipt.
Tax calculation
No = 0, Temporary = 1, Yes = 2
b
P-98
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b)
D5
Significant
number
:
D4
;
Always “0”
Check number window No.: “Add-on new No.” type = 00
“Table layout” type 01 ~ 19 = 01 ~ 19,
“Full screen” type 01 ~ 03 = 21 ~ 23
Program code
D3
Significant
numbers
::
D2 D1
4-3-7-8 Worksheet for tip
Description
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 4
Program code
:
D11
Always “0000”
;;;;
Always “000”
;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry)
Significant
number
:
D3
;;
Always “00”
D2 D1
4-3-7-9 Worksheet for loan, pick up
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation. (only effective after receipt issuance)
Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
:
D11
:
D10
;;;;;
Always “00000”
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
::
D4 D3
;;
Always “00”
D2 D1
4-3-7-10 Worksheet for received on account, paid out
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation.
Choice
Significant
number (0 ~9)
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
:
D11
D10
;;;;;
Always “00000”
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
::
D4 D3
;
Always “0”
D2
Enter numbers after registration.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
P-99
Program 3
4-3-7-11 Worksheet for plus, minus, coupon
Description
Color link number (record No. of color link file: File-906)
(“00 - 11” is treated as “03”.)
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
::
D14 D13
;
Always “0”
D12
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D11
;
Always “0”
D10
U.S., Singapore:
No = 0
Yes = 1
Food stamp status (except Singapore)
Taxable status 1
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Taxable status 2
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Taxable status 3
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
Canada:
Significant
number
Donuts tax = 1, No Donuts tax = 0
Taxable 1 = 1, Taxable 2 = 2, Taxable 3 = 3, Taxable 4 = 4
Taxable 1 & 2 = 5, Taxable 1 & 3 = 6, Taxable 1 & 4 = 7
Non taxable = 0
Other area:
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Yes = 1
No = 0
Allow credit balance. (–, CPN only)
Allow key operation after item registration.
P-100
:
D8
::
D9 D8
:
D7
D6 D5
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
Yes = 0
No = 4
(a+b)
D4
Significant
number
:
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“8, 9” means NOT allow manual entry.)
Commission 1
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Commission 2
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Prepared tax status
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Always “0”
D9
;;
Always “00”
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
:
:
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
;
D1
4-3-7-12 Worksheet for deposit+, deposit–
Description
Choice
a
Force validation operation.
Multiple validation (If “No”, only one validation is possible.)
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Program code
:
(a+b)
D10
;;
Always “00”
D9 D8
DEPO+ = 0
DEPO– = 1
Key attribution
No = 0
Yes = 2
Open cash drawer.
Media definition:
CASH = 0, CHARGE = 1, CHECK = 2, CREDIT = 3
Significant
number
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
:
D7
:
D6
:
D5
::
D4 D3
;;
Always “00”
D2 D1
4-3-7-13 Worksheet for void
Description
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
Void is not possible after ST.
a
Void is possible only before <NB>
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Only error correction is possible.
(In case of D3-b = 0, this option is effective.)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Only one time / transaction error correction is possible
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
(a+b)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
Update error correction key totalizer.
Item delete (When “No” is selected, only a line can be deleted.)
Select void reason.
b
:
(a+b+c)
D4
D2
D1
4-3-7-14 Worksheet for check endorsement
Description
Line number of auto-back feed before printing (0 ~ 9)
Always “000000”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
P-101
Program 3
4-3-7-15 Worksheet for discount, premium
Description
Color link number (record No. of color link file: File-906)
(“00 ~ 11” is treated as “03”.)
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
::
D14 D13
;
Always “0”
D12
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D11
;
Always “0”
D10
U.S., Singapore: All taxable and food stampable = 99
No = 0
Yes = 1
Food stamp status (except Singapore)
Taxable status 1
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Taxable status 2
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Taxable status 3
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
Canada: All taxable (includes Donuts tax) = 99
Significant
number
Donuts tax = 1, No Donuts tax = 0
Taxable 1 = 1, Taxable 2 = 2, Taxable 3 = 3, Taxable 4 = 4
Taxable 1 & 2 = 5, Taxable 1 & 3 = 6, Taxable 1 & 4 = 7
Non taxable = 0
Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10
(“00” means Non-tax, “99” means All taxable.)
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Allow manual override.
Yes = 0
No = 2
Allow key operation after <SI/ST>.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
Significant
number
a
b
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D9
:
D8
::
D9 D8
:
D7
:
D6
:
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
;
Always “0”
D3
Commission 1
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Commission 2
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Prepared tax status
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Always “0”
P-102
:
(a+b+c)
D2
;
D1
4-3-7-16 Worksheet for receipt
Description
Maximum number of post/ guest receipts (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means 1 receipt.)
Choice
Significant
number
a
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Clear finalized check.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Display check No. pop-up window.
:
(a+b)
D6
D5
a
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
No = 0
Yes = 4
(a+b)
D4
Issue guest receipt to order printer n (n = 1 ~ 7).
(“0” means issuing to R/J.)
Significant
number
Line number of guest bottom message (00 ~ 10):
(“00” means no bottom message.)
Significant
number
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
(a+b)
D7
;
Always “0”
Prohibit receipt issuance after “EJ DISP”.
D12
D11 D10 D9 D8
1=0
2=2
Print current time on guest receipt.
Issue post receipt after clerk interrupt/check tracking
:
;;;;
Always “0000”
Form of guest receipts:
1 Print out, 2 Display
Program code
:
D3
::
D2 D1
P-103
Program 3
4-3-7-17 Worksheet for non-add, non-add/NS
Description
Print characters to order printer 1.
a
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 2.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 3.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print characters to order printer 4.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 5.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 6.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print characters to order printer 7.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 8.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 9.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print characters to order printer 10.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 11.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 12.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print characters to order printer 13.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 14.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print characters to order printer 15.
Print characters to order printer 16.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D19
:
(a+b+c)
D18
:
(a+b+c)
D17
:
(a+b+c)
D16
:
D15
D14 ~ D8
Yes = 0
No = 1
Order character record number (00 ~ 99):
(“00” means no setting.)
Significant
number
Order printing color
Black = 0
Red = 1
Always “000”
:
(a+b+c)
D20
; ~;
Always “0000000”
Allow mode change or clerk change after non-add registration as
first transaction. (only for non-add function)
Program code
:
D7
::
D6 D5
:
D4
;;;
D3 D2 D1
P-104
4-3-7-18 Worksheet for number of customer
Description
Input method:
Allow replacement = 0, Prohibit replacement = 1,
Add entered value = 2
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
:
D7
;;;;;;
Always “000000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-19 Worksheet for arrangement
Description
Enable operation in REG mode.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable operation in REF mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in REG– mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable operation in PGM1 mode.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable operation in PGM2 mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in PGM3 mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable operation in PGM4 mode.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable operation in PGM5 mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in PGM6 mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable operation in CF card mode
a
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in Auto PGM mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable operation in X/Z mode.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable operation in Manager mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in Inline mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Arrangement file number
Significant
numbers
Arrangement table number
Significant
numbers
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:::
D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-105
Program 3
4-3-7-20 Worksheet for currency exchange
Description
Define amount symbol. (0 ~ 4)
(“0” means no symbol is printed.)
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
Define foreign currency totalizer. (1 ~ 3)
Significant
number
:
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Significant
number
:
:
D7
D6
D5
;
Always “0”
D4
Significant
number
Monetary mode (0 ~ 2):
º00 = 2, º0 = 1, 0 = 0
Monetary symbol for decimal
Monetary symbol for separator
:
D3
a
Decimal = 0
Comma = 1
b
Comma = 0
Decimal = 4
(a+b)
D2
Significant
number
:
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
Assigning drawer number (0 ~ 2)
(“0” means drawer 1.)
:
D1
4-3-7-21 Worksheet for slip
Description
Force slip batch printing from the beginning of the transaction. a
(If “No”, controlled by general function.)
Print current time on slip.
b
(This option works only at batch print with whole transaction.)
No = 0
Yes = 4
Clear finalized check.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
;;;;
Always “0000”
D5 D4 D3 D2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print Euro service total line.
:
D1
4-3-7-22 Worksheet for tax status shift, taxable amount subtotal
Description
Taxable status (00, 01 ~ 10)
(“00” means taxable 1.)
P-106
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
::
D9 D8
Always “000”
;;;
Always “0000”
;;;;
D7 D6 D5
D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-23 Worksheet for open
Description
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Release high amount limit
Program code
:
D7
;;;;;;
Always “000000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-24 Worksheet for open 2
Description
Choice
Release number of customer entry compulsory.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Release table number compulsory.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Release check number compulsory.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Release credit balance error. (If “Yes”, you can finalize the
transaction even if the subtotal is negative.)
Yes = 0
No = 1
Release validation compulsory.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Release check endorsement compulsory.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Release check print compulsory.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Release slip auto batch print compulsory.
a
Yes = 0
No = 2
Release slip manual batch print compulsory.
b
Yes = 0
No = 4
Release <LIST> stay down compulsory (Min / Max No.).
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Release seat number compulsory.
b
Yes = 0
No = 4
Release tip declaration compulsory.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Release eat-in / takeout compulsory.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Release customer credit limit.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Always “0”
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
;
D1
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-107
Program 3
4-3-7-25 Worksheet for clerk number
Description
Show clerk pop-up window, when no clerk number is programmed.
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Program code
:
D14
Always “00000”
;;;;;
Always “0000”
;;;;
D13 D12 D11 D10 D9
D8 D7 D6 D5
Clerk secret number (0000 ~ 9999)
(“0000” means no secret number.)
Significant
numbers
::::
Choice
1=0
2=1
Program code
D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-26 Worksheet for operator X/Z
Description
1 Issue stand-alone report./2 Issue consolidation report.
1 Print report./2 Display report.
a
b
1=0
2=2
:
(a+b)
D7
;;;;;;
Always “000000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-27 Worksheet for subtotal, merchandise subtotal
Description
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 4
P-108
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Include add-on tax amount. (ST only)
a
Yes = 0
No = 2
Always “0000”
D11
D10 D9 D8 D7
Display subtotal in Euro (sub currency)
and local (main) currency in turn. (ST only)
Print when key is pressed.
:
;;;;
Always “0000”
Display subtotal in Euro (sub currency) (ST only)
Program code
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
(a+b)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-28 Worksheet for cancel
Description
A range of cancellation:
1Complete cancellation, 2Current receipt only
Correct set menu/pulldown link while it is registered.
a
b
Choice
2=0
1=1
Program code
:
(a+b)
D1
No = 0
Yes = 2
4-3-7-29 Worksheet for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon
Description
Multiplication procedure: (Ketten Bon and <X> only)
1 Quantity × Amount, 2 Amount × Quantity
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Choice
1=0
2=1
Significant
number
Program code
:
D6
:
D5
;;;;
Always “0000”
D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-30 Worksheet for selective item subtotal
Description
Selective item status (0, 1, 2):
Selective item 1 = 0/1, selective item 2 = 2
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
:
D11
Always “00000”
;;;;;
Always “00000”
;;;;;
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-31 Worksheet for open check
Description
Display report. / Print report.
Choice
Print = 0
Display = 2
Program code
:
D7
;;;;;;
Always “000000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-32 Worksheet for list
Description
Program code
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (4).
Choice
Significant
numbers
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (3).
Significant
numbers
:::
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (2).
Significant
numbers
:::
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (1).
Significant
numbers
:::
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:::
D12 D11 D10
D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4
D3 D2 D1
P-109
Program 3
4-3-7-33 Worksheet for tax exempt
Description
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Exempt tax 2
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Exempt tax 3
Program code
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Canada:
Exempt Donuts tax = 1, Not exempt Donuts tax = 0
Significant
number
:
Exempt all = 0
Exempt tax 1 = 1, Exempt tax 2 = 2, Exempt tax 3 = 3,
Exempt tax 4 = 4, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 5,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 6,
Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 7
Significant
number
:
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
Significant
numbers
D9
D8
::
D9 D8
;;
Always “00”
D7 D6
Subtract add-in tax exempt amount from subtotal amount. *1
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D5
;;;;
Always “0000”
D4 D3 D2 D1
*1 In case of selecting “Yes”, commission ST should not include add-in tax)
4-3-7-34 Worksheet for clock-in/clock-out
Description
Key attribution: Clock in/ out = 0, Clock in = 1, Colock out = 2
Print receipt when clock-in or clock-out keys are pressed.
Choice
Significant
number
Yes = 0
No = 1
Program code
:
D2
:
D1
4-3-7-35 Worksheet for break-in/break-out
Description
The propose of uses:
Use both break-in and break-out = 0
Use only break-in = 1
Use only break-out =2
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
:
D2
;
Always “0”
D1
4-3-7-36 Worksheet for house Bon
Description
Shift:
1 Status, 2 Staydown
Always “0”
P-110
Choice
2=0
1=1
Program code
:
D2
;
D1
4-3-7-37 Worksheet for eat-in / takeout
Description
Color link file (file-906) record number (12 ~ 99)
In case of 00 ~ 11, follow the value of the rec-3 of file-906
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D14 D13
;;;
Always “000”
D12 D11 D10
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Exempt tax 2
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Exempt tax 3
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
;:
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Canada:
Exempt Donuts tax = 1, Not exempt Donuts tax = 0
Significant
number
:
Exempt all = 0
Exempt tax 1 = 1, Exempt tax 2 = 2, Exempt tax 3 = 3,
Exempt tax 4 = 4, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 5,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 6,
Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 7
Significant
number
:
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
Significant
numbers
D9
D8
::
D9 D8
;;
Always “00”
D7 D6
Subtract add-in tax exempt amount from subtotal amount.
Print receipt when the key is pressed.
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
(a+b)
D5
;;;
Always “000”
D4 D3 D2
Key attribution: Exempt tax = 0, Taxable status change = 1
Significant
number
:
D1
4-3-7-38 Worksheet for store
Description
Print barcode on receipt.
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 2
Program code
:
D10
;;;
Always “000”
D9 D8 D7
Print VAT breakdown.
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Print receipt.
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
Significant
number (0 ~ 2)
:
Tax calculation
No = 0, Temporary = 1, Yes = 2
Always “000”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
D6
D5
D4
;;;
D3 D2 D1
P-111
Program 3
4-3-7-39 Worksheet for new check, new/old check
Description
Use fullscreen check window.
(Only effective for <NEW/OLD> key)
Treat as <NB> key while depressing without check number.
(Only effective for <NEW/OLD> key)
a
b
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Program code
:
(a+b)
D14
;;;;;;
Always “000000”
D13 D12 D11 D10 D9 D8
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable auto new check assignment.
:
D7
;;;;;;
Always “000000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-40 Worksheet for round repeat
Description
Perform new balance after round repeat.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Shift:
Status = 1, Staydown = 0
a
Choice
Significant
number
Print key descriptor on receipt.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print key descriptor on order receipt.
(This program is effective, only D3-b is set to “Yes”.)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Include plus/minus, premium/discount result to round
repeat amount.
Program code
:
(a+b)
D1
4-3-7-41 Worksheet for shift PLU
Description
Maintain key status after signing off.
Define assigning shift PLU sheet number. (0, 1 ~ 8)
(“0” turns up a page by pressing shift PLU.)
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Significant
number
:
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
D2
D1
4-3-7-42 Worksheet for old check
Description
Enable to open the finalized check.
Enable to issue guest receipt of finalized check only.
(Disable to open finalized check.)
(This program is effective for cashier and clerk)
P-112
a
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b)
D1
4-3-7-43 Worksheet for split payment
Description
Maximum customer numbers for one split payment.
(“00” means “99”.)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D2 D1
4-3-7-44 Worksheet for tray total
Description
Accumulate “Tray total” to the key totalizer, whenever the
<TRAY TOTAL> key is pressed twice.
:
D1
4-3-7-45 Worksheet for recall
Description
Enable to open the closed check.
:
D1
4-3-7-46 Worksheet for menu shift
Description
Default sheet No. while pressing the key. (00, 01 ~ 15)
“0” means to assign the next sheet No.
::
D8 D7
;;;;;;
Always “000000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-47 Worksheet for refund, coupon 2
Description
Color link number (record No. of color link file: File-906)
(“00 - 11” is treated as “03”.)
Always “000000”
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D14 D13
;;;;;;
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
Always “000000”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
P-113
Program 3
4-3-7-48 Worksheet for coupon number
Description
Choice
Significant
numbers
Random code for coupon.
Program code
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-49 Worksheet for item search
Description
Choice
Significant
numbers
Color link number (record No. of color link file: File-906)
Program code
::
D9 D8
;
Always “0”
D7
Search by: alpha code = 0, pulldown group = 1
flat-PLU = 2
a
Significant
number
:
Entry method: Status = 0 / Stay down = 1 for pulldown group
or flat-PLU
b
Significant
number
:
Significant
number
Search for:
(scanning PLU = 1)
No = 0
Yes = 2
Show unit price.
Search for:
(Subdepartment link = 0, Department link = 1, Group link = 2)
Significant
number
Objective record No. of above file (01 - 99)
“00” searches the link except D3 setting.
Significant
numbers
D6
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
D3
::
D2 D1
4-3-7-50 Worksheet for order character change
Description
Linking order character record No. (00 ~ 99)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D6 D5
;;
Always “00”
D4 D3
Shift: (until finalization)
Status = 0, Staydown = 2
Significant
number
:
D2
;
Always “0”
D1
4-3-7-51 Worksheet for location change
Description
Check No. pop-up window. (Add-on new number type = 00,
Show table layout type 01 ~ 19 = 01 ~ 19,
Full screen type 01 ~ 03 = 21 ~ 23
P-114
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
::
D2 D1
4-3-7-52 Worksheet for declaration
Description
Enable operation in REG mode.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable operation in REF mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in REG– mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D9
;
Alwaws “0”
D8
Reset declared total and difference in the fixed totalizer.
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
D7
Always “000”
;;;
Always “000”
;;;
D6 D5 D4
D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-53 Worksheet for price change
Description
Permanent price change
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
:
D2
;
Always “0”
D1
4-3-7-54 Worksheet for customer number
Description
Show outstanding balance.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
:
D1
P-115
Program 3
4-3-7-55 Worksheet for swipe
Description
Prohibit swiping magnetic card
Activate key function by scanning OBR code.
a
b
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 2
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 4
(a+b)
D12
No = 0
Yes = 2
Check expire date.
:
:
D11
Digit number of checking version number (1 ~ 9, 0: no checking)
Singnificant
number
:
Start value of version number to compare
Significant
number
:
End value of version number to compare
Significant
number
Start digit number to transfer to activating key function
Significant
number
:
Number of digits to transfer to activating key function
Significant
number
:
Key function code
Significant
numbers
Key function record number of transaction key file.
Significant
numbers
D10
D9
:
D8
D7
D6
:::
D5 D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Refer to 6-2-8. Programming amount or ratio to keys.
4-3-7-56 Worksheet for worktime
Description
Display worktime.
a
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Issue receipt while sign on/ off.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Clock in/ out without entering check digit.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
P-116
:
(a+b+c)
D3
;
Always “0”
Key attribution: Clock in/ out = 0, Clock in = 1, Colock out = 2
Program code
D2
Significant
number
:
D1
4-3-7-57 Worksheet for function list
Description
Prohibit amount tender in the list functions.
Display function list.
Program code
a
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b)
D7
;
Always “0”
Free function start record number (01 ~ 99)
D6
Significant
numbers
QT-6600 Programming Manual
::
D5 D4
;
Always “0”
Free function end record number (01 ~ 99)
:
D3
Significant
numbers
::
D2 D1
P-117
Program 3
4-3-8
Programming shift PLU program
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 8.Shift PLU→ *Select item
Memory No.
1
2nd Price
Group Link
Dept Link
Sub-Dept Link
Negative Price
Zero Unit Price
Taxable status
3rd Price
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
GROUP05
DEPT01
-------NO
NO
Non Tax——— Refer to the
0.00
“PLU feature program P-78”
:
4th Price
0.00
:
5th Price
0.00
:
6th Price
0.00
:
7th Price
0.00
:
8th Price
0.00
:
Zero Unit Price
Taxable status
NO
Non Tax
*
4-3-9
Item selection: There are 4 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
4. Using character search: You can search an item by its name.
Press <SEARCH> key, enter a few characters and press the <Enter> key.
The terminal searches the item includes these characters.
After character search, press <UP ARROW> / <DOWN ARROW> shows the next/
previous candidate.
Programming PLU by Pulldown group
(Changing PLU program by pulldown group)
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 9.Pulldown Group
→ Select Pulldown group
• Select List
• Select PLU
→ Program the item (refer to the section 4-3-1)
P-118
4-3-10 Programming transaction key (free function)
This procedure is used for programming the key located in the list and on the keyboard.
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 10.Free Function
001
002
003
004
005
006
0072
0072
0072
0072
0072
0027
Free Function
CLK#1
00000000000000000001——— Rec.
CLK#2
00000000000000000002
CLK#3
00000000000000000003
CLK#4
00000000000000000004
CLK#
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000
:
No. / Function code / Key Descriptor / Parameter
1. Select the record you want to change the program (function code/descriptor/parameter).
You can select the record directly or by pressing function key on the keyboard .
2. Select “Function code”, “Key descriptor” or “Parameter” field by <Arrow keys>.
Or press the function key on the keyboard directly.
3. Programming to the record:
• Free function field:
You can enter function code and the <Yes> key. If you press the <Yes> key directly,
the “Key Assign” screen (refer to the page P-24) is opened.
• Key descriptor field:
When you press the <Yes> key, the character programming keyboard (refer to the
page P-126) is opened.
a. You can enter the character programmed to the transaction key file (character on
receipt).
b. If the record is linked to the keyboard or a list, the character* (actual keytop character
and keytop character in a list window) can be set after step-a.
• Parameter field:
You can enter parameter and the <Yes> key. If you press the <Yes> key directly, the
parameter programming screen of each function is opened.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-119
Program 3
4-3-11 Programming free function list
This procedure is used for programming the key located in the function list.
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 11.Free Function list
Free Function List
0001-946 CASH
0002-946
0003-946
0004-946
0005-946
:
——— Rec. No. / File No. / Key Descriptor
• You can designate the appropriage record before you depress
the function key directly. Or, you can select an appropriate
function by depressing <YES> key.
• If you want to delete the function, move the cursor on the
record, and then press the <NO> key.
4-3-12 Programming additional PLU character
This procedure is used for programming additional PLU character.
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 12.Additional PLU Character→ *Select item
Memory No.
1
Random / PLU code
123456——— Memory No. or Random code (within 6 digits)
Descriptor
PLU0001 Additional
Replace PLU character
NO
Print on
Display/Rct/Order——— Selection: Display, Receipt, Order, Display/Receipt,
Display/Order, Receipt/Order, Display/Receipt/Order
*
P-120
Item selection: There is 1 method to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
4-3-13 Programming tare table
This procedure is used for programming tare table.
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 13.Tare Table→ Select tare
Memory No.
1
Tare Description
Tare Weight
——— Tare description (within 16 characters)
weight (0.000 ~ 99.999)
TARE 01
12.345——— Tare
4-3-14 Programming additional item program
This procedure is used for programming time item.
Operation: <PGM3> → 3.Key Feature → 14.Additional item Program → *Select item
Memory No.
1
Item is Timeitem
Interval (Minutes)
Change Price After (Interval)
New Interval Price
Change Price After (Interval)
New Interval Price
Use Last Interval Price
Color for Timeitem
*
NO——— Time item / normal item
0——— Interval (00 ~ 99 minutes)
0——— No. of Interval for the first price change
0.00——— First changing price (0.00 ~ 9999.99)
0——— No. of Interval for the second price change
0.00——— Second changing price (0.00 ~ 9999.99)
NO
0——— Color code (refer to 4-1-21)
Item selection: There are 4 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
4. Using character search: You can search an item by its name.
Press <SEARCH> key, enter a few characters and press the <Enter> key.
The terminal searches the item includes these characters.
After character search, press <UP ARROW> / <DOWN ARROW> shows the next/
previous candidate.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-121
Program 3
P-122
4-4 Scanning system
4-4-1
Programming direct maintenance
Operation: <PGM3> → 4.Scanning system → 1.Direct maintenance → Scan item (code <OBR>)
PLU code 49177008>>>>>
PL=1
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
Descriptor
Scan PLU001
Price
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Group Link
-------Dept Link
--------——— Max. 99 department
Sub-Dept Link
-------Taxable status
Non Tax——— Refer to department section.
Scan Mix&Match
-------Negative Price
NO
Zero Unit Price
NO
Open PLU
NO——— Non PLU item should be programmed
Item Follows Department
NO
Complusory Multiply
NO
Not Allowed Multiplication
NO
4-4-2
as “OPEN PLU”.
Programming batch maintenance
Operation: <PGM3> → 4.Scanning system → 2.Batch maintenance → Scan item
PLU code 49177008>>>>>
PL=1
Delete/Change
Change——— Add/ change = “Change”, Delete = “Delete”
Descriptor
Scan PLU001
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
Price
0.00——— 0 ~ 999999
Group Link
-------Dept Link
--------——— Max. 99 department
Sub-Dept Link
-------Taxable status
Non Tax——— Refer to department section.
Scan Mix&Match
-------Negative Price
NO
Zero Unit Price
NO
Open PLU
NO——— Non PLU item should be programmed as “OPEN
Item Follows Department
NO
Complusory Multiply
NO
Not Allowed Multiplication
NO
PLU”.
Refer to 3-3-18. Executing batch maintenance file of the reference manual.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-123
Program 3
4-4-3
Programming multi EAN file
Operation: <PGM3> → 4.Scanning system → 3.Multi EAN file → Select record
→ Scan item (code <OBR>)
0001-075
0002-075
0003-075
4-4-4
Multi EAN File
490333306936 49143157>>>>——— Record-#/
000000000000 000000000000
000000000000 000000000000
File-#/ Parent item code/ Link item code
Programming NLU file
Operation: <PGM3> → 4.Scanning system → 4.NLU file → Scan item (code <OBR>)
→ Press the appropriate key
After assigning the key, you can enter the key top character.
* Allocate <NLU> key, before this program.
4-4-5
Programming Non PLU table
Operation: <PGM3> → 4.Scanning system → 5.Non PLU table → Select record
Memory No.
1
EAN Type
Incl. Price Check Digit
Price x 10
No. of Digit for Price/Weight
No. of Digit for PLU Number
No. of Digit for Flag Code
Flag Code
4-4-6
EAN-13——— Selection “EAN-13/ Weight EAN”
NO——— Include/ exclude price check digit
NO
0——— 1 ~ 7 digits
0——— 1 ~ 7 digits
0——— 2 ~ 3 digits
0——— 001 ~ 999
Programming scan mix & match
Operation: <PGM3> → 4.Scanning system → 6.Scan Mix & match → Select record
Memory No.
1
Descriptor
Mix & match——— Maximum 16 characters
Mix & Match Type
Cyclic——— Selection “Cycic/ Continuous”
Amount/ % / Item
Minus——— Selection “Minus/ % Minus/ Free
Amount/Rate
0.00——— 1 ~ 6 digits
Discount Quantity (0 ~ 99)
0——— 1 ~ 2 digits
Taxable Status
Non Tax——— See department section.
Prepared Tax Status(Canada)
YES
Free Item
000000000000——— Free item code
P-124
item”
5. Program 2 ............................................................................... P-126
5-1. Character programming ........................................................................ P-126
5-1-1
5-1-2.
5-1-3
Character programming keyboard ............................................................. P-126
Editing characters ....................................................................................... P-128
After completing to input characters ........................................................... P-128
5-2. Programming item descriptors .............................................................. P-129
5-2-1
5-2-2
5-2-3
5-2-4
5-2-5
5-2-6
5-2-7
5-2-8
Programming PLU item descriptors ........................................................... P-129
Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors ............................................ P-129
Programming subdepartment descriptors ................................................. P-129
Programming department descriptors ....................................................... P-130
Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range ...... P-130
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd ........................................................ P-130
Programming function key descriptors ....................................................... P-130
Programming PLU descriptors by pulldown group .................................... P-131
5-3. Programming characters and messages .............................................. P-132
5-3-1
5-3-2
5-3-3
5-3-4
5-3-5
5-3-6
5-3-7
5-3-8
5-3-9
5-3-10
5-3-11
5-3-12
Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt message ............ P-132
Programming text recall message.............................................................. P-132
Programming order character link ............................................................. P-132
Programming fixed totalizer descriptors..................................................... P-133
Programming group character ................................................................... P-133
Programming special characters ............................................................... P-134
Programming report headers ..................................................................... P-135
Programming endorsement message ....................................................... P-135
Programming GT character ........................................................................ P-136
Programming customer title ....................................................................... P-136
Programming menu title ............................................................................. P-136
Programming sign off reasons ................................................................... P-138
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-125
Program 2
5. Program 2
5-1. Character programming
In case of entering characters, the keyboard becomes the character programming keyboard. To use this keyboard, you can program item descriptor, clerk name, message etc.
5-1-1
Character programming keyboard
When you enter the Program 2 mode, the keyboard becomes a character programming
keyboard (shown below).
SHIFT1-case
Item Descriptor
HOME
PAGE
UP
PAGE
DOWN
END
π
1
1
2
3
4
Q
W
E
R
T
A
S
D
F
Z
2
X
C
V
BCLR 3
5
6
7
8
9
0
-
=
Y
U
I
HOME
O
P
[
]
G
H
J
K
PAGE
UP
;
'
`
B
N
M
,
.
/
\
4 5 6 7
•
Item Descriptor
L
A ESC/SKIP
0
BS
9
ENTER
SHIFT
INS
DEL
8
DBL
PAGE
DOWN
SHIFT2-case
π
END
1
!
@
#
$
%
^
&
*
(
)
_
+
q
w
e
r
t
y
u
i
o
p
{
}
a
s
d
f
g
h
j
k
l
:
"
~
z
x
c
v
2 SHIFT BCLR 3
b
n
m
A ESC/SKIP
0
BS
9
ENTER
1 Alphabet keys
Press these keys to input characters.
2 Shift key
Press this key to shift the following
characters from SHIFT1-case,
SHIFT2-case, SHIFT3-case, SHIFT4-case and returns to the SHIFT1case letter in sequence.
3 Space key
Press this key to set a space.
P-126
<
>
?
4INS 5DEL 6DBL 7
4 Insert key
Press this key to put one space
between the original characters.
5 Delete key
Press this key to clear the designated
character.
6 Double size letter key
Press this key to specify that the
next character you input to a double
size character.
8
7 Left cursor key
Press this key to shift the character
setting position to the left one by
one. This key is used to correct
already entered characters.
8 Right cursor key
Press this key to shift the character
setting position to the right one by
one. This key is used to correct
already entered characters.
Example:
Input “ A
p
p
l
e
J
u
i
c
”,
e
p
e
DBL
DBL
A BBB
p
u
c
J
l
e
SPACE
i
enter BB
B
B
B
B
BBBB
BB
B
B
B
¥
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT
SHIFT3-case
SHIFT
SHIFT
Item Descriptor
HOME
PAGE
UP
PAGE
DOWN
END
π
1
Â
Ô
Û
ÎItem Descriptor
Ê
Ç
Á
Ó
Ú
Í
É
Å
À
Ò
Ù
Ì
È
Æ
Ø
£
HOME
Ã
ª
º
PAGE
UP
ƒ
¿
¥
¡
ß
±
A ESC/SKIP
0
BS
9
ENTER
Ä
Ö
Ü
Ï
2 SHIFT
BCLR 3
Ë
Ñ
Õ
«
»
4INS 5DEL 6DBL 7
8
PAGE
DOWN
SHIFT4-case
END
π
1
â
ô
û
î
ê
ç
á
ó
ú
í
é
å
à
ò
ù
ì
è
æ
ä
2
ö
ü
ï
B 3
CLR
ë
ñ
SHIFT
9 Enter key
Press this key when the alphabetic
entry for a descriptor, name or
message has been completed. This
key is also used for editing the
programmed characters.
AESC/SKIP
ø
0
ã
9
¬
õ
–
¢
¤
´
4 5 6 7
INS
DEL
BS
ENTER
8
DBL
B Clear key
Press this key to clear all input
characters.
0 Backspace key
Press this key to move the character
placed behind.
A ESC/SKIP key
Press this key to terminate the
character programming.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-127
Program 2
5-1-2. Editing characters
Correcting a character just entered
OPERATION
“L” “E” “N” “O” “N”
yyy
“M”
1 Enter LENON, instead of LEMON.
1 Press left arrow key three times.
1 Enter “M”.
Correcting and adding/deleting an item descriptor already set
OPERATION
Designate the item.
uu
INS
B
“P”
1 Press right arrow key two times.
1 Press <INS> (insert) key.
1 Enter “P”.
OPERATION
DISPLAY
LENON
LENON
LEMON
DISPLAY
APLE
APLE
AP LE
APPLE
DISPLAY
Designate the item.
uuu
DEL
B
1 Press right arrow key three times.
1 Press <DEL> (delete) key.
OPERATION
Designate the item.
uuu
BS
B
5-1-3
1 Press right arrow key three times.
1 Press <BS> (backspace) key.
MOULSE
MOULSE
MOUSE
DISPLAY
MOULE
MOULE
MOLE
After completing to input characters
After completion of inputting characters, it is necessary to press the <ENTER> key when
you assign these characters.
P-128
5-2. Programming item descriptors
5-2-1
Programming PLU item descriptors
Operation: <PGM2> → 1.Item Descriptor → 1.PLU → Select item †
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
:
5-2-2
——— 0 ~ 24 characters
When you press the <Yes> key, the character programming
keyboard (refer to the page P-126) is opened.
a. You can enter the character programmed to the PLU file
(character on receipt).
b. If the item is linked to the keyboard or a list, the character
(actual keytop character and keytop character in a list
window) can be set after step-a.
Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors
Operation: <PGM2> → 1.Item Descriptor → 2.PLU [email protected] → Select item †
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
:
†
5-2-3
——— 0 ~ 24 characters
You can enter the character programmed to the PLU 2nd @
file (item name on receipt).
Item selection: There are 4 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
4. Using character search: You can search an item by its name.
Press <. (decimal point)> key, enter a few characters and press the <ENTER> key.
The terminal searches the item begins with these characters.
After character search, press <UP ARROW> / <DOWN ARROW> shows the next/previous candidate.
Programming subdepartment descriptors
Operation: <PGM2> → 1.Item Descriptor → 3.Sub-Department → Select item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Descriptor
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
SUBDEPT04
SUBDEPT05
SUBDEPT06
SUBDEPT07
SUBDEPT08
SUBDEPT09
:
QT-6600 Programming Manual
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
When you press the <Yes> key, the character programming
keyboard (refer to the page P-126) is opened.
a. You can enter the character programmed to the subdepartment file (character on receipt).
b. If the item is linked to the keyboard or a list, the character
(actual keytop character and keytop character in a list
window) can be set after step-a.
P-129
Program 2
5-2-4
Programming department descriptors
Operation: <PGM2> → 1.Item Descriptor → 4.Department → Select item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5-2-5
Descriptor
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03
DEPT04
DEPT05
DEPT06
DEPT07
DEPT08
DEPT09
:
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
When you press the <Yes> key, the character programming
keyboard (refer to the page P-126) is opened.
a. You can enter the character programmed to the department file (character on receipt).
b. If the item is linked to the keyboard or a list, the character
(actual keytop character and keytop character in a list
window) can be set after step-a.
Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range
Operation: <PGM2> → 1.Item Descriptor → 5.Range
→ Select job (PLU / PLU [email protected] / Subdepartment / Department)
Item Descriptor
Descriptor
——— 0 ~ 24 characters (0 ~ 16 for Subdept. and Dept.)
PLU0123
Enter Start range
End
range
OK?
5-2-6
0
0
——— Start range (“0” means the first record.)
——— End range (“0”means the last record.)
YES
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd
Operation: <PGM2> → 1.Item Descriptor → 6.PLU -> [email protected] Copy
Item Descriptor
PLU -> [email protected] Copy
Enter Start range
End
range
OK?
5-2-7
123
0
——— Start range (“0” means the first record.)
——— End range (“0”means the last record.)
YES
Programming function key descriptors
Operation: <PGM2> → 1.Item Descriptor → 7.Char & Press Key
→ Enter descriptor → Press the appropriate key on the keyboard
P-130
Note
This program changes the characters that is set in the totalizer file (such as PLU, department, free function).
Also, to improve the keytop character layout, you can set keytop character in the key allocation (in Program 4
mode) program. If the keytop character is set, the key character is not displayed on the keytop.
LUNCH SET
LUNCH SET
Dinner set
(No Character)
Breakfast set
Dinner set
Department file
5-2-8
Steak set
Steak set
Scrambled egg
(No Character)
Hamberg steak
Scrambled egg
CR
CR
PLU file
Amex card
(No Character)
VISA card
Amex card
Keytop
character
Touch screen
key table file
Free function file
Programming PLU descriptors by pulldown group
Operation: <PGM2> → 1.Item Descriptor → 8.Pulldown Group
→ Select Pulldown Group
No.
11
22
33
44
Descriptor
PLU0011
PLU0022
PLU0033
PLU0044
LIST10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
QT-6600 Programming Manual
——— 0 ~ 24 characters
P-131
Program 2
5-3. Programming characters and messages
5-3-1
Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt message
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
Receipt/SLIP Msg
0001-032 (Receipt Logo)
YOUR RECEIPT
0003-032 (Receipt Logo)
THANK YOU
0005-032 (Receipt Logo)
CALL AGAIN
0007-032 (Receipt Logo)
:
——— Record No. / File No. (description)
——— 0 ~ 40 characters
0095-032 (E-Journal copy receipt)
**** COPY RECEIPT *********************
5-3-2
Rec No.
Message
1~8
Receipt logo message
9 ~ 16
Receipt commercial message
17 ~ 24 Receipt bottom message
25 ~ 32 Bill top message
33 ~ 40 Bill copy message
41 ~ 48 Bill bottom message
49 ~ 56 Slip logo message
57 ~ 64 Slip intermediate message
65 ~ 72 Slip bottom message
73 ~ 74 Post receipt
75 ~ 94 Guest bottom message
95 ~ 96 E-journal copy receipt message
* Even number records are not used.
Programming text recall message
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 2.Text Recall
Text Recall
0001-039
*********
0002-039
*********
0003-039
*********
0004-039
*********
0005-039
*********
5-3-3
——— Record No. / File No.
~ 40 characters
Text Recall 1st rec. ********——— 0
Text Recall 2nd rec. ********
Text Recall 3rd rec. ********
Text Recall 4th rec. ********
Text Recall 5th rec. ********
:
Programming order character link
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 3.Order Char Link
Order Char Link
0001-065
Order Character 1
0002-065
Order Character 2
0003-065
Order Character 3
0004-065
Order Character 4
0005-065
Order Character 5
:
P-132
——— Record No. / File No.
——— 0 - 16 characters
5-3-4
Programming fixed totalizer descriptors
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 4.Fixed Totalizer
Fixed Totalizer
——— Record No. / File No.
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
0001-001
GROSS
0002-001
NET
0003-001
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
5-3-5
Message
Gross sales total
Net sales total
Cash in drawer
Cash declared amount
Declared short cash amount
Declared over cash amount
Charge in drawer
Charge declared amount
Declared short charge amount
Declared over charge amount
Check in drawer
Check declared amount
Declared short check amount
Declared over check amount
Credit in drawer
Credit declared amount
Declared short credit amount
Declared over credit amount
Food stamp in drawer
Food stamp cash change
EBT in drawer
EBT cash change
Refund mode total
Customer count
Average sales per customer
Check cashing service fee
New Balance fee
Not used
Clerk commission 1 total
Clerk commission 2 total
Foreign currency cash in drawer 1
Foreign currency check in drawer 1
Foreign currency cash in drawer 2
Foreign currency check in drawer 2
Foreign currency cash in drawer 3
Foreign currency check in drawer 3
Reduction
Item return
Clear counter
Not used
Rounding
ST transfer void
Rec No.
043
044
045
046
047
048 ~ 049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
Message
Start consecutive No. (Philippine)
End consecutive No. (Philippine)
Last GT 1(Philippine)
Last GT 2 (Philippine)
Last GT 3 (Philippine)
Not used
Taxable amount 1
Tax 1
Tax exempt 1
Taxable amount 2
Tax 2
Tax exempt 2
Taxable amount 3
Tax 3
Tax exempt 3
Taxable amount 4
Tax 4
Tax exempt 4
Taxable amount 5
Tax 5
Tax exempt 5
Taxable amount 6
Tax 6
Tax exempt 6
Taxable amount 7
Tax 7
Tax exempt 7
Taxable amount 8
Tax 8
Tax exempt 8
Taxable amount 9
Tax 9
Tax exempt 9
Taxable amount 10
Tax 10
Tax exempt 10
Euro cash in drawer
Euro charge in drawer
Euro check in drawer
Euro credit in drawer
Coupon total
Money declaration counter
Programming group character
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 5.Group Character
Group Character
0001-006
GROUP01
0002-006
GROUP02
0003-006
GROUP03
0004-006
GROUP04
0005-006
GROUP05
——— Record No. / File No.
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
:
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-133
Program 2
5-3-6
Programming special characters
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 6.Special Character
Special Character
0001-023
• @No / *
:
P-134
——— Record No. / File No.
——— See below.
†
n: Program mode number (1 ~ 6)
Rec No.
Contents
U.S.
001 Amount symbol (3), @(2), No (2), not used (1), Split pricing (1),
Others
not used (1), Training filler (1)
002 No. of item sold (2), Customer count (2), Square (6), Double sized customer count(6)
U.S.
003 Multiplication (6)
Others
Recalling for a check (6)
004 Taxable symbol 1 T/S1, T/S2, T/S3, T/S4, T/S5 (3 each)
005 Taxable symbol 2 T/S12, T/S13, T/S14, T/S23 (3 each), Food stamp symbol (1)
006 Taxable symbol 3 T/S123, T/S1~4, T/S1~5, Non tax (3 each)
007 Foreign currency × 4 (2 each), Selective item symbol × 3 (1 each), Center dot in X/Z, RF(1)
008 Mode symbol 1 (4 each)
009 Mode symbol 2 (4 each)
010 Not used (4), Mode symbol 3 (4)
011 Decimal of amount, Decimal of quantity, Delimiter (1 each)
012 A.M., P.M. (3 each)
013 Slip continued (12), page (2)
014 Online password (8)
015 Display subtotal symbol (ST key) (16)
016 Subtotal symbol (16)
017 Total symbol (16)
018 Change symbol (16)
019 Check cashing fee (16)
020 Check cashing amount (16)
021 Bon message (16)
022 Not used
023 Check No. (12), Weight (2)
024 Service total (16)
025 Item discount total (16)
026 House Bon quantity of item (16)
027 Seat No. (16)
028 Total symbol (X/Z report) (16)
029 Clock-in symbol (16)
030 Clock-out symbol (16)
031 Break-in symbol (16)
032 Break-out symbol (16)
033 Job code symbol (16)
034 Work time symbol (16)
035 Break time symbol (16)
036 Tip declaration symbol (16)
037 Regular work hours (Employee report) (16)
038 Overtime work hours (Employee report) (16)
039 Employee report (1) (4 each)
040 Employee report (2) (4 each), Edit symbol (1)
041 Hourly labor pay (16)
042 Hourly labor proceeds (16)
043 Pay per transaction (16)
044 Euro amount symbol (3 each)
045 not used
046 Occupied new check (Open check report) (16)
047 Finalized check (Open check report) (16)
048 not used
049 Open check report dummy check descriptor (16)
050 Unit price of shift PLU 1 (PLU report)
051 Unit price of shift PLU 2 (PLU report)
052 Unit price of shift PLU 3 (PLU report)
053 Unit price of shift PLU 4 (PLU report)
054 Unit price of shift PLU 5 (PLU report)
055 Unit price of shift PLU 6 (PLU report)
056 Unit price of shift PLU 7 (PLU report)
057 Unit price of shift PLU 8 (PLU report)
058 Taxable symbol 4 (3 each)
059 Food stamp change (16)
060~ 062 not used
63 Scale (12), not used(4)
064 ~ 066 not used
067 Guest receipt header message (16)
068 ~ 070 not used
071 Invoice No. (16)
072 not used
073 Customer No. (16)
074 Previous balance for customer (16)
075 Discount amount for customer (16)
076 Customer phone No. (16)
077 Customer paid total (16)
078 Customer accumulated discount total (16)
079 ~ 099 not used
Descriptor
$ @No / *
• @No / *
NoCTX
COVERS
BUSY
X
BUSY
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
T12T13T14
T23F
T1
* * * *
•
REG RFR-MGR
Pn†X/Z
†
TRG BILL
..,
AM PM
CONTINUED
P
SUBTOTAL
ST
TL
CG
CACG
** STUB **
CHECK No.
KG
SRVC TL
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
SEAT#
TL
CLOCK-IN
CLOCK-OUT
BREAK-IN
BREAK-OUT
JOB
WORK TIME
BREAK TIME
CASH TIP
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
IN OUT BRK JOB#
TIP WORK*
COST
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
EUREUR
NEW OPEN
FINALIZED
PIECES
CUSTOMER
@1
@2
@3
@4
@5
@6
@7
@8
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
FSCG
MANUAL ENTRYCaps
Invoice/No.
CUST No.
BALANCE
DISCOUNT
PHONE No.
FINALIZED GT
DISCOUNT GT
5-3-7
Programming report headers
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 7.Report Header
Report Header
——— Record No. / File No.
——— See below.
0001-024
FIXED TTL
0002-024
FREE FUNCTION
0003-024
SUB DEPT
0004-024
PLU
0005-024
DEPT
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024 ~ 030
031
032
033 ~ 038
039
040
041 ~ 044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
:
5-3-8
Contents
Fixed totalizer report
Transaction key report
Subdepartment report
PLU report
Department report
Group report
Cashier/clerk report
not used
Hourly sales report
Monthly sales report
Flash (Financial) report
Open check report
Table analysis report
PLU stock report
Void causal report
Electronic journal report
Time & Attendance
Hourly labor
Hourly item
Mix & Match
IDC (1) reset
IDC (2) reset
IDC (3) reset
not used
Simple time & attendance
not used
Batch report 1 ~ 6
Customer group
Customer open check
Batch report 7 ~ 10
Not found PLU
Scanning PLU
not used
Scan Mix & match
Scan PLU by GP/DP/SDP
Scan PLU zero sales
Scan PLU top amount 50
Scan PLU top q’ty 50
Scan PLU inactive
Scan PLU stock
Scan PLU out of stock
Descriptor
FIXED TTL
FREE FUNCTION
SUB DEPT
PLU
DEPT
GROUP
CASHIER/CLERK
HOURLY
MONTHLY
FLASH
OPEN CHK
TABLE ANALYSIS
PLU STOCK
VOID REASON
JOURNAL
EMPLOYEE
HOURLY LABOR
HOURLY PRODUCT
MIX&MATCH
IDC(1) Clear
IDC(2) Clear
IDC(3) Clear
TIME ATTENDANCE
BATCH REPORT 1 ~ 6
CUSTOMER GP
CUSTOMER
BATCH REPORT 7 ~ 10
NFP
Scan PLU
Scan MIX&MATCH
SALES REPORT
ZERO SALES
TOP 50 AMOUNT
TOP 50 QUANTITY
INACTIVE DAYS
STOCK REPORT
REORDER REPORT
Programming endorsement message
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 8.Endorse Message
Endorse Message
0001-033
****** Endorse Message 1st line
0002-033
****** Endorse Message 2nd line
0003-033
****** Endorse Message 3rd line
0004-033
****** Endorse Message 4th line
——— Record No. / File No.
~ 40 characters
*******——— 0
*******
*******
*******
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-135
Program 2
5-3-9
Programming GT character
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 9.GT Character
GT Character
0001-020
GT1
0002-020
GT2
0003-020
GT3
——— Record No. / File No.
——— 0 ~ 16 characters
5-3-10 Programming customer title
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 10.Customer Title
Customer Title
0001-123
Mr
0002-123
Mrs
0003-123
Miss
——— Record No. / File No.
——— 0 ~ 8 characters
:
0009-123
Ms.
5-3-11 Programming menu title
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 11.Menu Title
Menu Title
——— Record No. / File No.
——— See the next page.
0001-085
Menu 1
0002-085
Menu 2
0003-085
Menu 3
:
0050-085
P-136
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046-050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
Contents
Menu shift 1 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 2 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 3 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 4 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 5 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 6 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 7 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 8 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 9 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 10 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 11 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 12 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 13 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 14 (in menu level display)
Menu shift 15 (in menu level display)
Shift PLU 1 (in menu level display)
Shift PLU 2 (in menu level display)
Shift PLU 3 (in menu level display)
Shift PLU 4 (in menu level display)
Shift PLU 5 (in menu level display)
Shift PLU 6 (in menu level display)
Shift PLU 7 (in menu level display)
Shift PLU 8 (in menu level display)
PLU 1st @ (in menu level display)
PLU 2nd @ (in menu level display)
Title of add-on new No. type check window
Title of table layout type check window 1
Title of table layout type check window 2
Title of table layout type check window 3
Title of table layout type check window 4
Title of table layout type check window 5
Title of table layout type check window 6
Title of table layout type check window 7
Title of table layout type check window 8
Title of table layout type check window 9
Title of clerk window 1
Title of clerk window 2
Title of clerk window 3
Title of clerk window 4
Title of clerk window 5
Title of clerk window 6
Title of clerk window 7
Title of clerk window 8
Title of clerk window 9
Title of mode window
not used
Title of table layout type check window 10
Title of table layout type check window 11
Title of table layout type check window 12
Title of table layout type check window 13
Title of table layout type check window 14
Title of table layout type check window 15
Title of table layout type check window 16
Title of table layout type check window 17
Title of table layout type check window 18
Title of table layout type check window 19
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Descriptor
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
Menu
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
Shift
Shift
Shift
Shift
Shift
Shift
Shift
PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU
PLU
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
[email protected]
Select Check/Table number
Table area 1
Table area 2
Table area 3
Table area 4
Table area 5
Table area 6
Table area 7
Table area 8
Table area 9
Clerk window 1
Clerk window 2
Clerk window 3
Clerk window 4
Clerk window 5
Clerk window 6
Clerk window 7
Clerk window 8
Clerk window 9
Select mode
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
area
area
area
area
area
area
area
area
area
area
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
P-137
Program 2
5-3-12 Programming sign off reasons
Operation: <PGM2> → 2.Char & Message → 12.Sign off Reasons
Sign off Reasons
0001-944
END OF SHIFT
0002-944
UNWELL
0003-944
:
P-138
——— Record No. / File No.
6. Program 1 ............................................................................... P-140
6-1. Presetting date and time ........................................................................ P-140
6-2. Programming unit price and rate ............................................................ P-140
6-2-1
6-2-2
6-2-3
6-2-4
6-2-5
6-2-6
6-2-7
6-2-8
6-2-9
6-2-10
6-2-11
Programming PLU unit price .......................................................................... P-140
Programming PLU 2nd unit price ................................................................... P-140
Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price..................................... P-141
Programming subdepartment unit price ......................................................... P-141
Programming department unit price ............................................................... P-141
Programming PLU / PLU [email protected] / subdepartment / department unit price by range .... P-142
Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price ................................................ P-142
Programming amount or rate to keys ............................................................. P-142
Programming unit price of shift PLU ............................................................... P-143
Programming unit price of pulldown group ..................................................... P-143
Programming PLU unit price and department link ......................................... P-144
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-139
Program 1
6. Program 1
6-1. Presetting date and time
Presetting time: <PGM1> → Enter Hour and minute (ten sec.) → Press <X>
Enter the current time in four (hour, minute) digits or in five (hour, minute, ten second)
and press the <X> key (24-hour system).
Presetting date:: <PGM1> → Enter Year, month and day → Press <X>
Enter the current date in six digits (year, month, day order) and press the <X> key.
6-2. Programming unit price and rate
6-2-1
Programming PLU unit price
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 1.PLU → *Select item
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
Price
@10.00——— 0
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
@50.00
@60.00
@70.00
@80.00
@90.00
@100.00
~ 999999
:
6-2-2
Programming PLU 2nd unit price
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 2.PLU [email protected] → *Select item → Select field
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
Qty
Price
26.52
@10.00——— Quantity:
0.00
@20.00
0.50
@30.00
1.75
@40.00
2.80
@50.00
0.00
@60.00
0.00
@70.00
0.00
@80.00
0.00
@90.00
0.00 @100.00
:
P-140
0.00 ~ 9999.99 / Price: 0 ~ 999999
6-2-3
Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 3.PLU & PLU [email protected] → *Select item
→ Select field
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0005
Qty
Price
@1,234.00——— Price: 0 ~ 999999
12.26
@1.00——— Quantity: 0.00 ~ 9999.99
@20.00
0.00
@2.00
@30.00
0.50
@3.00
@40.00
1.75
@4.00
@50.00
2.80
@5.00
/ Price: 0 ~ 999999 ([email protected])
:
*
6-2-4
Item selection: There are 4 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
4. Using character search: You can search an item by its name.
Press <SEARCH> key, enter a few characters and press the <ENTER> key.
The terminal searches the item includes these characters.
After character search, press <UP ARROW> / <DOWN ARROW> shows the next/
previous candidate.
Programming subdepartment unit price
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 4.Sub-Department → Select item
No.
1
2
3
4
Descriptor
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
SUBDEPT04
Price
@10.00——— Price:
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
0 ~ 999999
:
6-2-5
Programming department unit price
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 5.Department → Select item
No.
1
2
3
4
Descriptor
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03
DEPT04
Price
@10.00——— Price:
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
0 ~ 999999
:
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-141
Program 1
6-2-6
Programming PLU / PLU [email protected] / subdepartment / department unit price by range
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 6.Range
→ Select job (PLU / PLU [email protected] / Subdepartment / Department / PLU-DEPT-PGM*)
* This procedure contains PLU programming in PGM 3, so please refer to the appropriate sections.
Unit Price/Qty
Qty
Price
——— 0.00 ~ 9999.99 (only for PLU [email protected])
——— 0 ~ 999999
0.00
@0.00
Enter Start range
End
range
OK?
6-2-7
0
0
——— Start range (“0” means the first record.)
——— End range (“0”means the last record.)
YES
Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 7.PLU -> [email protected] Copy
Unit Price/Qty
PLU -> [email protected] Copy
Enter Start range
End
range
OK?
6-2-8
0
0
——— Start range (“0” means the first record.)
——— End range (“0”means the last record.)
YES
Programming amount or rate to keys
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 8.AMT / Rate to Key
• Function keys (CA, CHK, NB, +, –, CPN, %+, %–, CE)
Enter the unit price or rate and press the corresponding key.
• Function key (SWIPE)
Checking the read code is OK/ NG.
Programming value = D6D5D4D3D2D1;
D1 = 1: The read code begins with D2, the code is OK.
D1 = 2: The read code begins with D3D2, the code is OK.
D1 = 3: The read code begins with D4D3D2, the code is OK.
D1 = 4: The read code begins with D5D4D3D2, the code is OK.
D1 = 5: The read code begins with D6D5D4D3D2, the code is OK.
• PLU
Enter the PLU No., press the <PLU> key, enter the unit price and press the <YES> key.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the next record.
Or enter the unit price and press the appropriate <Flat PLU> key directly.
• PLU 2nd @
Enter the PLU No., press the <PLU> key, enter unit q’ty (6-digits; integer part + decimal
part without decimal point) and unit price (6-digits), and press the <[email protected]> key and
<YES> key. Or enter unit q’ty (6-digits; integer part + decimal part without decimal
point) and unit price (6-digits), and press the <[email protected]> key and press the appropriate
<Flat PLU> key directly.
P-142
6-2-9
Programming unit price of shift PLU
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 9.Shift PLU
→ Select price level → *Select item
No.
1
2
3
4
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
:
Price
@10.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
*
——— 0 ~ 999999
Item selection: There are 4 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
4. Using character search: You can search an item by its name.
Press <SEARCH> key, enter a few characters and press the <ENTER> key.
The terminal searches the item includes these characters.
After character search, press <UP ARROW> / <DOWN ARROW> shows the next/
previous candidate.
6-2-10 Programming unit price of pulldown group
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 10.Pulldown Group → Select List
No.
Descriptor
1 PLU0001
Seat Number
Cancel
ADD CHK
VAT
%:
Price
@12.34
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
——— Key descriptor / Parameter
Parameters:
• Function keys (CA, CHK, NB, +, –, CPN)
Enter the unit price. (0 ~ 999999)
• Function keys (%+, %–, CE)
Enter the rate without decimal point and add two zeros.
(100 ~ 999900; 0.01 ~ 99.99%)
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-143
Program 1
6-2-11 Programming PLU unit price and department link
Operation: <PGM1> → 1.Unit Price/Qty → 11.PLU-DEPT-PGM → *Select item
1
2
3
4
PLU-DEPT-PGM
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
:
*
0
2
4
@10.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
——— Record-#/ Descriptor/ Link dept/ Unit price
Item selection: There are 4 methods to select items.
1. Select by cursor.
2. Press the appropriate PLU key directly.
3. Designate PLU record No. or random No.
4. Using character search: You can search an item by its name.
Press <SEARCH> key, enter a few characters and press the <ENTER> key.
The terminal searches the item includes these characters.
After character search, press <UP ARROW> / <DOWN ARROW> shows the next/
previous candidate.
Unit price change: Enter unit price within 6 digit, press <PRICE>
Link department change: Enter dept No. within 2 digit, press <DEPT-#>
Set inactive: Press <VOID> (press <VOID> again, returns active item)
Set other program: Press <YES> and opens the window below.
Memory No.
1
Random Code
Descriptor
PLU001
Price
Dept Link
List Link#1
List Link#2
List Link#3
List Link#4
Sub-Dept Link
Item Type
Item Folows Department
Block/Close Item
P-144
123456———
0 ~ 999999
——— Maximum 24 character
12.34
DEPT01
How to Cook
----------------------------Normal Item———
NO
NO
Selection “Normal Item/ Condiment/ Preparation”
7. Program 6 .............................................................................................. P-146
7-1. Program read general procedure ........................................................... P-146
7-2. Program read report sample .................................................................. P-147
7-2-1
7-2-2
7-2-3
7-2-4
7-2-5
7-2-6
7-2-7
7-2-8
Unit price / quantity .....................................................................................
Item descriptor ............................................................................................
Character and message ..............................................................................
Machine feature ..........................................................................................
Clerk............................................................................................................
Key feature ..................................................................................................
Keyboard .....................................................................................................
Memory allocation .......................................................................................
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-147
P-148
P-148
P-150
P-185
P-198
P-204
P-204
P-145
Program 6
7. Program 6
7-1. Program read general procedure
Operation: <PGM6> → Select job
→ Select kind (if necessary) → Specify range (if necessary)
Program 6 mode Hierarchy
Program 6
Program read report
Unit price & quantity
Item descriptor
Character & message
Machine feature
Clerk
Key feature
Keyboard
Memory allocation
P-146
PLU unit price
PLU 2nd @
Subdepartment unit price
Department unit price
Function key rate/price
PLU
PLU 2nd @
Subdepartment
Department
Function key
Receipt/slip message
Text recall
Order character link
Fixed totalizer character
Group character
Special character
Report header
Endorse message
GT character
Customer title
Menu title
Sign off Reason
Pulldown group
Set menu table
Arrangement
Batch X/Z
General feature
Scheduler
Check print
Table analysis
Tax table
Void table
System connection
I/O parameter
Printer connection
Time zone
Time & attendance
Hourly item link
Mix & match
IDC link
Euro (Sub currency)
Auto program control
Screen color
Check window
Customer group
CF X/Z conversion table
Color theme
Color definition
TCP/IP
FTP Login Password
FTP Server Name
FTP Trans File
PC keyboard
Clerk feature
Clerk detail
Clerk key ID
Clerk window
PLU feature
PLU 2nd @ feature
Subdepartment feature
Department feature
Function key feature
Scanning PLU file
Additional PLU character
7-2. Program read report sample
7-2-1
Unit price / quantity
7-2-1-1. PLU unit price
PLU0001
0001-004
@12.34
0001-055
@2.00
@3.00
@4.00
@5.00
@6.00
@7.00
@8.00
0002-004
@1.00
0002-055
PLU0002
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PLU descriptor / Record No. / File No.
Unit Price
Shift PLU
2nd unit price
3rd unit price
4th unit price
5th unit price
6th unit price
7th unit price
8th unit price
7-2-1-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001
2
PLU0002
1
PLU0003
0
0001-054 — PLU 2nd descriptor / Record No. / File No.
@23.45 — Unit quantity / 2nd unit Price
0002-054
@10.00
0003-054
@2.00
7-2-1-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
0001-003 — Subdepartment descriptor / Record No. / File No.
@1.00 — Unit Price
0002-003
@2.00
0003-003
@3.34
7-2-1-4. Department
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03
0001-005 — Department descriptor / Record No. / File No.
@12.34 — Unit Price
0002-005
@2.34
0003-005
@1.34
7-2-1-5. Function key
%CASH
QT-6600 Programming Manual
0013-002 — Function key descriptor / Record No. / File No.
0% — Unit Price, percent rate or conversion rate
0018-002
@0.00
0035-002
@0.00
P-147
Program 6
7-2-2
Item descriptor
7-2-2-1. PLU
0001-004 — PLU descriptor / Record No. / File No.
0002-004
PLU0001
PLU0002
7-2-2-2. PLU 2nd unit price
0001-054 — PLU 2nd descriptor / Record No. / File No.
0002-054
PLU0001
PLU0002
7-2-2-3. Subdepartment
0001-003 — Subdepartment descriptor / Record No. / File No.
0002-003
0003-003
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
7-2-2-4. Department
0001-005 — Department descriptor / Record No. / File No.
0002-005
0003-005
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03
7-2-2-5. Function key
0001-002 — Function key descriptor / Record No. / File No.
0002-002
0003-002
0004-002
0005-002
RCT
NEW/OLD
RC
DISP ON/OFF
CLK#1
7-2-3
Character and message
7-2-3-1. Receipt/Slip message
0001-032
YOUR RECEIPT
— Record No. / File No.
— Receipt message *
0002-032
0003-032
YOUR RECEIPT
:
* Receipt message : Refer to page 132 in PGM 2 mode.
7-2-3-2. Text recall
— Record No. / File No.
— Text recall message
0001-039
TEXT RECALL MESSAGE 01
0002-039
:
0010-039
7-2-3-3. Order character
0001-065 — Order character / Record No. / File No.
0002-065
ORDER CHAR 1
ORDER CHAR 2
:
ORDER CHAR 10
P-148
0010-065
7-2-3-4. Fixed totalizer
0001-001 — Descriptor * / Record No. / File No.
0002-001
0003-001
GROSS
NET
CAID
:
DECLARE
0085-001
* Descriptor of fixed total: Refer to page 133 in PGM 2 mode.
7-2-3-5. Group character
0001-006 — Group character / Record No. / File No.
0002-006
GROUP01
GROUP02
:
7-2-3-6. Special character
• @No / *
NoCTX
COVERS
X
BUSY
:
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
0001-023 — Special character * / Record No. / File No.
0002-023
0003-023
0058-023
* Special character: Refer to page 134 in PGM 2 mode.
7-2-3-7. Report header
0001-024 — Report header * / Record No. / File No.
0002-024
0003-024
FIXED TTL
FREE FUNCTION
SUB DEPT
:
EMPLOYEE
0017-024
:
* Report header: Refer to page 135 in PGM 2 mode.
7-2-3-8. Endorse message
0001-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 1
0002-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 2
0003-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 3
7-2-3-9.
— Record No. / File No.
— Endorse message
GT character
0001-020 — GT character / Record No. / File No.
0002-020
0003-020
GT1
GT2
GT3
7-2-3-10. Customer title
0001-123 — Customer title character / Record No. / File No.
0002-123
Mr.
Mrs.
:
7-2-3-11. Menu title
— Record No. / File No.
— Menu title
0001-085
Menu shift 1
0002-085
* Menu title: Refer to page 137 in PGM 2 mode.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-149
Program 6
7-2-3-12. Sign off reason
0001-944 — Sign off reason / Record No. / File No.
0002-944
END OF SHIFT
UNWELL
:
7-2-4
Machine feature
7-2-4-1. Pulldown group
0001-026 — List title / Record No. / File No.
0000000000 000000 — 0000 (not used) / D12~D7 / 000000 (not used)
0101-004 PLU0101
— Link PLU record No. / File No. / Descriptor
010000 COFFEE
— Key color link / Bitmap link / Key text
0102-004 PLU0102
0200 ICE TEA
:
:
LIST01
Description
Maximum number of stay down
Status = 0
The number of stay down = 1 ~ 8,
No limit = 9
Minimum number of stay down
Status = 0
The number of stay down = 1 ~ 8,
No limit = 9
Color link for window: (“00” is treated as “01”.)
The record No. of the keyboard color definition file.
Key shape:
Rectangular = 00, 10, Circular = 50
P-150
Choice
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Program code
:
D12
:
D11
Significant
number (00 - 99)
::
Significant
number
::
D10 D9
D8 D7
7-2-4-2. Set menu table
— Record No. / File No.
— Link PLU, PLU [email protected], Pulldown group
Record No. / File No. / Descriptor
0001-028
0001-004 PLU0001
0002-054 PLU0002
0003-004 PLU0003
0002-028
0003-028
:
:
7-2-4-3. Arrangement
0001-038
0002-038
— Record No. / File No. / Parameter
:S0001
(500)
:
:
7-2-4-4. Batch X/Z
001112151700000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
101112151700000000
011112151700000000
0001-029
0002-029
0003-029
:
:
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet of batch X/Z on page 34 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-5. General feature
220000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
*
000000000000
*
000000000000
*
000000000000
*
000000002002
*
000000000200
0001-022
0002-022
0003-022
0004-022
0005-022
0006-022
:
:
0043-022
0044-022
000000000000
000000000000
*
*
*
Refer to each record format.
Record 0001-022
Description
Date order:
Year/Month/Day = 0/1, Day/Month/Year = 2, Month/Day/Year = 3
Choice
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
Program code
Monetary mode:
0 = 0, º0 = 1, º00 = 2, º000 = 3
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
:
:
D12
D11
Always “00000”
;;;;;
Always “00000”
;;;;;
QT-6600 Programming Manual
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
P-151
Program 6
Record 0002-022 (not used)
Record 0003-022
Description
Reset consecutive number after daily fixed totalizer reset report
is issued.
Reset invoice number after daily fixed totalizer reset report is
issued.
a
b
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 2
(a+b)
D8
:
;
Always “0”
D7
::::::
Consecutive number start value:
(Consecutive number starts this value +1.)
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0004-022
Description
Add customer counter when the number of customer is registered. a
Phillipino GT system
b
Food stamp system:
Payable = 0, Illinois rule = 1, New Jersey rule = 2
Rounding:
No rounding = 0, IF1 = 1, IF2 = 2, Denmark = 3, Norway = 4, Singapore = 5
Australia = 6, Finland = 7, South Africa = 8, Other roundings = 9
Tax system:
SINGLE TAX (1 ~ 10) = 0, U.S. = 1, Canada = 2,
Singapore = 3
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 2
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 4
(a+b)
D12
Significant
number (0 ~ 2)
:
Significant
number (0 ~ 8, 9)
:
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
:
Cash drawer opening:
1 Immediately when the transaction is finalized.
2 After validation compulsory is released.
a
Yes = 0
No = 2
b
1=0
2=4
P-152
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
::
D4 D3
;
Always “0”
Rounding: refer to 4-1-5-1.
D9
;
Always “0”
Other roundings: New Zealand (A) = 0, New Zealand (B) = 1,
Malaysia = 2 (D10 must be set to “9”)
D10
D8
Tax exempt quantity of Donuts tax, in case of selecting “Canada tax”.
Significant
(“0” means “No Donuts tax”.)
number (0 ~ 9)
High amount limit specification for money in drawer amount.
(Sentinel function)
D11
:
Always “0”
Allow amount tender in REF / REG– mode operation.
:
D2
Significant
number (0 ~ 2)
:
D1
Record 0005-022
Description
Choice
Issue double receipt, when the total amount is zero or negative.
No = 0
Yes = 1
Always issue a receipt.
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print total line during finalization.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Time system:
1 24 hour system, 2 12 hour system
b
1=0
2=2
Feed one line after issuing receipt.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 4
a
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
;;
Always “00”
D6 D5
Print number of item sold.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print tax symbols.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print finalization of single item receipt.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
(a+b+c)
D4
;
Always “0”
D3
Print PLU No. on guest receipt.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print number of customers on header by double sized character.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print unit price in multiplication registration on receipt.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print clear key operation.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print number of customer on header.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print PLU No. on receipt. (REG / REF / REG- mode only)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
QT-6600 Programming Manual
D12
D9
Breakdown set menu printing.
(Receipt, slip, guest receipt and display)
Issue guest receipt instead of issuing receipt.
:
;
Always “0”
Eliminate the quantity “1” of a child item.
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
P-153
Program 6
Record 0006-022
Description
Take over the taxable status and commission status of the
previous item to + / – key.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Restrict 0 or 5 on the last digit.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Display operator guidance.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
D11
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
Force to declare the money in drawer.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Force to press subtotal before finalization.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Allow credit balance while finalization.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Allow multiple refund/register minus mode operation.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Affect the result of + / –, %+ / %– to the item. (Net totalling)
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Exclude add-on and add-in tax in net total.
b
Include commission in net total.
Sounds key confirmation tone.
Allow to issue post receipt, even if the original one is issued.
a
b
Connect slit drawer.
Prohibit registration when the stock quantity becomes negative.
P-154
a
:
(a+b)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
(a+b)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
D7
:
No = 0
Yes = 4
(a+b)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
Alert when the stock quantity becomes under minimum stock
quantity.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Affect to stock quantity even if the refund operation.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Merge refund item registration to the original one.
(Item consolidation)
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Allow one registration of + / –, %+ / %– per one transaction.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Round on the least significant digit of %+ / %– registration.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Department numbering:
Use memory No. (Sequential) = 0, Use random code = 4
b
Significant
number
Allow numeric entry while compulsory drawer opening.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
Significant
number
PLU numbering:
Use memory No. (Sequential) = 0, Use random code = 4
:
(a+b+c)
D12
;
Always “0”
Force to declare the money in drawer. (Inline X/Z)
Program code
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
(a+b)
D2
:
(a+b)
D1
Record 0007-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Print “1” when the item quantity is “1”.
Yes = 0
No = 2
D12
Significant
number
Number of receipt feed lines without receipt cut. (0 ~ 7)
Use department discount field as stock quantity.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Allow <NB> after partial tender.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Calculate commission 1 as flat amount.
a
Calculate commission 2 as flat amount.
b
Use decimals for working time on the epmplyee report.
c
Finalization prohibited, when the total is zero.
a
Reset customer transaction, while Open Check reset.
b
Prohibit custmer/ customer group reset.
c
Print corrected item on order.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Tip amout accumulates to the 1st server.
Allow rollup condiment unit price.
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
Always “000”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
D6
;
Always “0”
Print finalized checks on Open Check report.
:
D5
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D4
;;;
D3 D2 D1
P-155
Program 6
Record 0008-022
Description
Print new balance fee total.
b
Print commission 1 total.
a
Print commission 2 total.
b
Print foreign currency in drawer.
c
Print discount/coupon total.
a
Print refund total.
b
Print clear counter.
c
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print rounding total.
a
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print gross total.
a
Print net total.
b
Print cash in drawer.
c
Print cash in drawer difference.
a
Print charge in drawer.
b
Print charge in drawer difference.
c
Print check in drawer.
a
Print check in drawer difference.
b
Print credit in drawer.
c
Print credit in drawer difference.
a
Print food stamp in drawer.
b
Print food stamp cash change.
c
Print EBT in drawer.
a
Print EBT cash change.
b
Print refund mode total.
c
Print number of customers.
a
Print average sales per customer.
b
Print check cashing fee total.
a
Print TA + TAX total instead of printing tax exempt.
Always “00”
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
(a+b)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
;;
D2 D1
P-156
Record 0009-022
Description
Print taxable amount 1.
a
Print tax 1.
b
Print tax exempt 1.
c
Print taxable amount 2.
a
Print tax 2.
b
Print tax exempt 2.
c
Print taxable amount 3.
a
Print tax 3.
b
Print tax exempt 3.
c
Print taxable amount 4.
a
Print tax 4.
b
Print tax exempt 4.
c
Print taxable amount 5.
a
Print tax 5.
b
Print tax exempt 5.
c
Print taxable amount 6.
a
Print tax 6.
b
Print tax exempt 6.
c
Print taxable amount 7.
a
Print tax 7.
b
Print tax exempt 7.
c
Print taxable amount 8.
a
Print tax 8.
b
Print tax exempt 8.
c
Print taxable amount 9.
a
Print tax 9.
b
Print tax exempt 9.
c
Print taxable amount 10.
a
Print tax 10.
b
Print tax exempt 10.
c
Always “00”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
;;
D2 D1
P-157
Program 6
Record 0010-022
Description
Print taxable amount 1.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print taxable amount 2.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print taxable amount 3.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print taxable amount 4.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print taxable amount 5.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print taxable amount 6.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print taxable amount 7.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print taxable amount 8.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print taxable amount 9.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print taxable amount 10.
Program code
(a+b+c)
D12
:
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
D9
;;;
Always “000”
D8 D7 D6
a
1=0
2=1
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
(a+b)
D5
Till timer (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Significant
numbers
::
Till timer (00 ~ 59 seconds)
Significant
numbers
::
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
Significant
number
:
Prohibit registration,
1 while all drawers open, 2 while clerk’s own drawer opens.
Ignore compulsory drawer sensor.
:
D4 D3
D2 D1
Record 0011-022
Description
Require zeroing scale.
Scale registration printing format. (Australian = 2)
Always “000000000”
P-158
:
D11
D10
; ~;
D9 ~ D1
Record 0012-022
Description
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print grand total 1 (periodic 1 & 2 reset report only).
a
Print grand total 2 (periodic 1 & 2 reset report only).
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print grand total 3 (periodic 1 & 2 reset report only).
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print grand total 1 (daily reset report only).
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print grand total 2 (daily reset report only).
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print grand total 3 (daily reset report only).
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
;;;
Always “00”
D4 D3 D2
Print the average of the monthly report.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Choice
Program code
D1
Record 0013-022
Description
No = 0
Yes = 1
Broadcast the program data after completion of a program.
D11 D10 D9
Print Z collection / consolidation result.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Reset collection / consolidation result.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Copy stock quantity from consolidation file to daily file after
Z consolidation.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Allow inline master operation.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Issue consolidation file reset report of the master terminal before
Z collection/consolidation.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Add terminal file data to the consolidation file after Z operation.
Always “0000”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
D12
;;;
Always “000”
Source file selection:
1 Terminal file, 2 Consolidation file
:
a
b
1=0
2=1
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
D7
:
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-159
Program 6
Record 0014-022
Description
Display fixed totalizer read report.
a
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Display transaction read report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Display department / subdepartment read report.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Display PLU / stock read report.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Display group read report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Display clerk read report.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Display hourly / monthly read report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Display open check read report.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Display table analysis read report.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Display mix & match read report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Display electronic journal read report.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Display hourly item read report.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Display employee read report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Display hourly / labor read report.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Display financial report.
:
(a+b)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
* In case of selecting “YES” (Display report), no report is issued (printed out).
P-160
:
(a+b+c)
D12
;;;;;;
Always “000000”.
Display employee activity read report.
Program code
:
(a+b)
D1
Record 0015-022
Description
Zero-skip department / subdepartment report.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Program code
(a+b)
D12
Zero-skip clerk report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Zero-skip transaction report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Zero-skip PLU report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Zero-skip hourly report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Zero-skip group report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Zero-skip monthly report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Zero-skip table analysis report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Zero-skip hourly item report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Zero-skip hourly labor report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Zero-skip mix & match report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Zero-skip shift PLU.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Prohibit “OPEN CHECK Z”.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Open drawer while issuing fixed total or financial total report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print PLU No. on the PLU report.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print sales ratio.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Issue double Z report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print the recalculate value of taxable and tax amount of VAT.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print consecutive No. range of the day on the fixed total report.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Cut file by file of batch report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Reset stock after batch reset report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print reset counter.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print item discount totalizer.
b
Printing order of PLU report:
1 Memory No. (sequential), 2 Random code
c
No = 0
Yes = 2
1=0
2=4
With character of X/Z sending data
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
D8
D7
Print start/ end invoice number on fixed total report.
With random code of X/Z sending data
:
(a+b+c)
D11
;
Always “0”
OPEN CHECK Z report compulsory
:
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b)
D1
P-161
Program 6
Record 0016-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
::::
Interval time of hourly report (00 ~ 23 hours)
Interval time of hourly report (00 ~ 59 minutes):
(“0000” means 01:00.)
Start time of hourly report (00 ~ 23 hours)
Significant
number
Start time of hourly report (00 ~ 59 minutes)
P-162
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0017-022
Description
Choice
Money declaration compulsory (cash). (not used)
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Money declaration compulsory (charge). (not used)
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Money declaration compulsory (check). (not used)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Money declaration compulsory (credit). (not used)
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print double-height characters.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Classify registered items by group in receipt.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Classify registered items by department in receipt.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Classified item printing format:
1 Total, 2 Detail with total
c
1=0
2=4
Include VAT amount in commission subtotal.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print total line in classified item printing.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Classify registered items by order character in receipt.
c
No =0
Yes =4
Rounding of commission:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Significant
number
Append two zeros in unit price programming.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Capture the details of guest receipt copy in electronic journal.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Skip the consecutive No. of the journal / electronic journal.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print date on receipt.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print date on journal.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print consecutive number on receipt.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print time on receipt.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print time on journal.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Merge the same department / subdepartment / PLU registration
on receipt. (Item consolidation)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Auto-cut receipt / report.
Always “0”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
D2
;
D1
P-163
Program 6
Record 0018-022
Description
Choice
Significant
numbers
Maximum printing lines of slip (00 ~ 99)
Classify registered items by group on slip & guest receipt.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Classify registered items by department on slip & guest receipt.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Classified item printing format:
1 Total, 2 Detail with total
c
1=0
2=4
Print guest receipt header message.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print total line in classified item printing format.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Classify registered items by order character on slip & guest
receipt.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print TA and TAX amount after total amount.
Slip back feed after slip printing. *
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Slip back feed after validation printing. *
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Slip back feed after check printing / check endorsement printing.* c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print date on slip & guest receipt.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print time on slip & guest receipt.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print consecutive No. on slip & guest receipt.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Slip print range:
1 From the top of the transaction, 2 This receipt
a
1=0
2=1
Enable slip auto line find.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Merge the same department / subdepartment / PLU registration
on slip & guest receipt. (Item consolidation)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Slip auto feed lines.
* These programs are only effective for SP-1300.
P-164
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D10 D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
::
D2 D1
Record 0019-022
Description
Choice
Record operations in training mode on journal / electronic journal.
Yes = 0
No = 2
Alert electronic journal memory near-end / full error.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Program code
:
D2
:
D1
Record 0020-022
Description
Print receipt logo message.
a
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print receipt commercial message.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print receipt bottom message.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print slip commercial message.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print slip bottom message.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print slip intermediate message.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print bill top message.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print bill copy message.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print bill bottom message.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Receipt logo data:
1 Character type, 2 Graphic type
a
1=0
2=1
Print logo message on X/Z report.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
Always “0000”
;;;;
Always “0000”
;;;;
QT-6600 Programming Manual
D8 D7 D6 D5
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-165
Program 6
Record 0021-022
Description
Print order with order character.
a
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
(a+b)
D12
Print order with amount.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print double bon message.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
(a+b)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Breakdown set menu printing on order.
Alert when the order printer is down.
:
D10
;
Always “0”
D9
Print order number.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Reverse print order number.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print order in vertically double sized letter.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Send drawer signal to printer (for kitchen bell)
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
Cut while printing with order character.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print order logo.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print order text 1.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print order text 2.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Reverse print check number line.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print item quantity separately.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print condiment/ preparation in double sized letter (= 4)
Or normal sized letter (= 0).
c
Significant
number
Cut order.
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print hyphens.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Output orders during training.
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
No = 0
Yes = 4
(a+b)
D3
No. of feed lines before order cutting. (0 ~ 9)
Significant
number
:
No. of feed lines after order cutting. (0 ~ 9)
Significant
number
:
Merge the same department / subdepartment / PLU registration
on order receipt. (Item consolidation)
P-166
:
b
D2
D1
Record 0022-022
Description
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 4
Centering key top character.
Program code
:
D5
;;
Always “00”
D4 D3
Send finalize category total to Hotel server.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Update category total when Cash/ Cheque/ Credit is registered.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Update category total when room charge.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
(a+b+c)
D2
;
Always “0”
D1
Record 0023-022
Description
Print “TAX INVOICE” on receipts.
Print rounding amount on receipts.
a
b
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
(a+b)
D12
;~;
Always “00000000000”
D11 ~ D1
Record 0024-022
Description
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Restriction (to 0, 5) on last digit for check cashing.
Program code
:
D12
;;;;
Always “0000”
D11 D10 D9 D8
Significant
numbers
Default SWIPE record. (Set <SWIPE> key record No.)
::
D7 D6
;;;
Always “000”
D5 D4 D3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Restriction (to 0, 5) on last digit for RC, PD, LOAN, PICK UP,
DEPOSIT.
Swipe has precedence.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Count set menu items.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Indent condiments on kitchen printer.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print preparation on receipts.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Calculate detail item prices in set menu.
(If “No”, calculate only quantity and stock.)
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print preparation on PLU X/Z report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
Record 0025-022
Description
Set menu / Pulldown link type:
Fast food = 1, Fine dining quantity = 2
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Significant
number
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
D1
P-167
Program 6
Record 0026-022
Description
Keytops in check No. pop-up window: Subtotal = 0, Clerk = 1,
Times from the last order = 2, Times from open = 3
Choice
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
Print check number line in vertically double sized letter on
receipt/ guest receipt.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Reverse print check number line.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Issue check number automatically in single separate.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Enable “Table sharing”
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable “Multi separate”
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Transfer table by card swiping.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Check tracking method:
1 Check No., 2 Table No.
a
1=0
2=1
Auto new balance by removing clerk key
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Maximum digit of check No.:
1 6-digit, 2 12-digit
(If you select 2, no “table analysis” nor “table range” is available.)
c
1=0
2=4
:
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
Zero new balance is treaated as cash sale.
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Print previous balance, when registering old check.
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
Print invoice No. for clerk interrupt.
D7
D6 D5
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print invoice No. for check tracking.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Ignore check number leading zeros.
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
Merge the same department / subdepartment / PLU registration in
b
old check. (Item consolidation)
No = 0
Yes = 4
Display detail items of the previous check
when registering <OLD CHK>.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Item consolidation when registering <SEP CHK>
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Compulsory check No. for registering order item.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Capture item data.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Compulsory guest receipt for registerint order item.
D8
;;
Always “00”
P-168
Program code
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b)
D1
Record 0027-022
Description
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable clerk interrupt.
a
Use i-Button key.
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable to sign-on a clerk who has no check number.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Show clerk pop-up window while sign-off.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Use clerk dynamic window.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Broadcast clerk information whenever it changes.
(Effective only selecting “Use clerk dynamic window”)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
number (0 ~ 9)
Default clerk pop-up window number. (“0” is treated as “1”.)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Issue order while clerk interrupt.
Program code
:
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
D9
:
D8
;;;;;
Always “00000”
D7 D6 D5 D4 D3
Auto sign-off timer:
(00 ~ 99 seconds, “00” means no auto sign-off)
Significant
numbers
::
D2 D1
Record 0028-022
Description
Choice
Touch screen color theme:
User define = 0, Theme 1 = 1, Theme 2 = 2
Function key style:
With bar = 0, Without bar = 1
Significant
number
a
Significant
number
Clear screen when receipt is issued.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Display screen logo after signing off.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Use video system.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Program code
:
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
Always “000”
;;;
Always “0000”
;;;;
Back light off timer (00 ~ 59 minutes, “00” means never turn off.)
D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4 D3
Significant
numbers
::
D2 D1
Record 0029-022 (not used)
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-169
Program 6
Record 0030-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Printer type of order printer 1: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
D10
Printer type of order printer 2: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 3: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 4: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 5: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 6: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 7: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 8: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 9: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 10: Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
:
:
D9
:
D8
:
D7
:
D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Record 0031-022
Description
Enable quantity extension of flat PLU.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable quantity extension of subdepartment.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Enable quantity extension of department.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Always “000000”
;;;;;;
Always “00000”
;;;;;
Record 0032-022 (not used)
Record 0033-022(not used)
Record 0034-022 (not used)
P-170
Choice
D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0035-022
Description
Full aged employee:
Weekly work time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Choice
Significant
numbers
::::
Significant
numbers
::::
Weekly work time (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Minor employee:
Weekly work time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Weekly work time (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Allow EMPLOYEE Z even if employee are not clocked-out.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Use Weekly / Bi-weekly
b
Weekly = 0
Bi-weekly = 2
Enable clerk to sign on only after clock-in
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Start day of the week: Monday = 0, Tuesday = 1, Wednesday = 2
Thursday = 3, Friday = 4, Saturday = 5, Sunday = 6
Recognize break time as work time
Rounding of work hours
• No rounding = 0,
• per 10 minutes = 1; 00 ~ 04 = 00, 05 ~ 10 = 10 (min.),
• per 15 minutes = 2; 00 ~ 07 = 00, 08 ~ 15 = 15 (min.),
• per 20 minutes = 3; 00 ~ 10 = 00, 11 ~ 20 = 20 (min.),
• per 30 minutes = 4; 00 ~ 15 = 00, 16 ~ 30 = 30 (min.)
Program code
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
D12 D11 D10 D9
D8 D7 D6 D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Record 0036-022
Description
Reset the Store/Recall starting number. (after Open check Z)
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Store/Recall starting number (0000 = 0001) *
Significant
numbers
Store/Recall ending number (0000 = 9999) *
Significant
numbers
Program code
:
D9
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.
Record 0037-022
Description
Choice
Auto check starting number (0000 = 0001) *
Significant
numbers
Auto check ending number (0000 = 9999) *
Significant
numbers
Program code
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-171
Program 6
Record 0038-022 (not used)
Record 0039-022
Description
Choice
Auto customer starting number (“0000” is treated as “0001”.) *
Significant
numbers
Auto customer ending number (“0000” is treated as “9999”.) *
Significant
numbers
Program code
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.
Record 0040-022 (not used)
Record 0041-022 (not used)
Record 0042-022
Description
Choice
Allow to create a new customer during registration.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Confirm to clear customer at finalization
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Create a new customer No. automatically.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Enter name for new customer.
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
Enter address for new customer.
Enter phone No. for new customer.
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Offset value for the customer No. in magnetic card
Significant
number (00~16)
Customer No. digits in magnetic card
Significant
number (00~12)
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
:
D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
;;;;
Always “0000”
D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0043-022
Description
Site ID (0001 - 9999)
Offset value for the Site ID in magnetic card
P-172
Choice
Significant
numbers
Significant
number (0 ~ 9)
Program code
::::
D12 D11 D10 D9
:
D8
Always “0000”
;;;;
Always “000”
;;;
D7 D6 D5 D4
D3 D2 D1
Record 0044-022
Description
The tone when the display turns on.*
(The last 2-digit of the appropriate record No. of the sound file)
Choice
Significant
numbers (00~09)
The tone when the display turns off.*
(The last 2-digit of the appropriate record No. of the sound file)
Significant
numbers (00~09)
The tone when the 1 shot error occurs.*
(The last 2-digit of the appropriate record No. of the sound file)
Significant
numbers (00~09)
The tone when the alert (Yes/No selection) occurs.*
(The last 2-digit of the appropriate record No. of the sound file)
Significant
numbers (00~09)
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
;;
Always “00”
Key confirmation tone*
(The last 2-digit of the appropriate record No. of the sound file)
Program code
D4 D3
Significant
numbers (00~09)
::
D2 D1
* No sound file is selected, if you program “00”.
Record 0045-022
Description
Full aged employee
Daily work time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Full aged employee
Daily work time (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Significant
numbers
Full aged employee
Daily over time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Significant
numbers
Full aged employee
Daily over time (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Significant
numbers
Full aged employee
Weekly over time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Significant
numbers
Full aged employee
Weekly over time (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Record 0046-022
Description
Daily over time pay ratio (0.00 ~ 9.99)
“0.00” is treated as “1.00”.
Significant
numbers
Daily 2nd over time pay ratio (0.00 ~ 9.99)
“0.00” is treated as “1.00”.
Significant
numbers
Weekly over time pay ratio (0.00 ~ 9.99)
“0.00” is treated as “1.00”.
Significant
numbers
Weekly 2nd over time pay ratio (0.00 ~ 9.99)
“0.00” is treated as “1.00”.
Significant
numbers
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Choice
Program code
:::
D12 D11 D10
:::
D9 D8 D7
:::
D6 D5 D4
:::
D3 D2 D1
P-173
Program 6
Record 0047-022
Description
Printer type of order printer 11:
Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2,
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
D10
Printer type of order printer 12:
Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 13:
Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 14:
Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 15:
Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
Printer type of order printer 16:
Normal KP = 0, Ticket = 2
Significant
number
:
:
D9
:
D8
:
D7
:
D6
:
D5
;;;;
Always “0000”
D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0048-022
Description
VMP shop code:
“0000000000” ~ “9999999999”
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
D10~ D1
: ~:
Record 0049-022
Description
Perform auto guest receipt.
Choice
a
Bill allowed on OMS.
b
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
(a+b)
D9
;
Always “0”
D8
OMS timeout value X 10 Second
:
Significant
number
D7
;
~;
D6 ~ D1
Always “000000”
Record 0050-022
Description
P-174
Choice
Program code
Commission 1 threshold:
“0 (= $ 0.00)” ~ “999999 (= $ 9,999.99)”
Significant
numbers
D12 ~ D7
Commission 2 threshold:
“0000000 (= $ 0.00)” ~ “999999 (= $ 9,999.99)”
Significant
numbers
: ~:
: ~:
D6 ~ D1
7-2-4-6.Scheduler
0000000000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter * (D28 ~ D13)
000000000000 — Parameter * (D12 ~ D1)
0000000000000000
000000000000
0000000000000000
000000000000
0000000000000000
000000000000
0001-062
0002-062
0003-062
0004-062
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 48 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-7.Check print
000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
000000
000000
000000
0001-041
0002-041
0003-041
0004-041
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 49 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-8.Table analysis
0001-018 — Table analysis descriptor / Record No. / File No.
000000 — Parameter * (Minimum check No.)
000000 — Parameter * (Maximum check No.)
0002-018
000000
000000
TBL01
TBL02
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 50 in PGM 3 mode.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-175
Program 6
7-2-4-9.Tax table
0001-025
TX1
TX1
TX1
TX1
0002-025
TX2
TX2
TX2
TX2
10%
0000
50
02
—
—
—
—
—
Record No. / File No.
Tax rate
Table maximum value / maximum amount limit
Rounding code
Table attribution
10%
0000
50
02
7-2-4-10. Void table
001-012 — Void reason character / Record No. / File No.
000000 — Parameter *
002-012
000000
Mistake
Out of Date
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 54 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-11. System connection
— Record No. / File No.
020101000000 — Id character / Parameter *
0001-901
MC #01
0002-901
000000000000
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 54 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-12. I/O parameter
0000000000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0000000000000000
0001-902
0002-902
0003-902
0004-902
:
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 55 ~ 58 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-13. Printer connection
0001-903 MC
MC
0002-903 MC
MC
#01
#02
#01
#01
/1
/2
/1
/2
01 — Record No. / File No. / Main printer / Attribution / Backup printer
50
:
P-176
Description
Kind of printer:
No = 00, R/J = 01, Rct = 02, Order#1 = 50,
Order#2 = 51, … Order#16 = 65
Choice
Significant
numbers
ECR ID characters connecting with main printer
(within 12 characters)
Significant
characters
ECR ID characters connecting with backup printer
(within 12 characters)
Significant
characters
Main printer number Printer (1) = 01, Printer (2) = 02
Printer (3) = 03, LAN printer 1 ~ 16 = 11 ~ 26
Significant
numbers
Backup printer number: Printer (1) = 01, Printer (2) = 02,
Printer (3) = 03, LAN printer 1 ~ 16 = 11 ~ 26
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D30 D29
: ~:
D28 ~ D17
: ~:
D16 ~ D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
7-2-4-14. Time Zone
000000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
000000000000
0001-800
0001-800
:
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 60 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-15. Employee
HARRISON
123456
9999999999
0001-801 — Employee# / Character / Record No. / File No.
0001020304 — Social security No. / Program (D12~D3)
HARRISON — Clerk character
000001
0000000000
0002-801
0000000000
-------- — (No clerk character is set.)
CLAPTON
:
Description
Employee No. (within a 6-digits: 000000~999999)
(“000000” means no select number)
Reading “zero” can be ignored. e.g.) 001234 → 1234
Choice
Significant
number
: ~:
Character (16-digits)
Significant
character
: ~:
Social security No. (within a 10-digits) Leading “zero” cannot
be ignored. e.g.) 0001234567 → 0001234567
Significant
number
: ~:
Specify job code
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Clock-in without job code or with undefined Job
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Use the job code window during clock-in operation
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Minor employee
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
D44 ~ D39
D38 ~ D23
D22 ~ D13
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
(a+b)
D11
Job code 1 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Significant
number
::
Job code 2 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Significant
number
::
Job code 3 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Significant
number
::
Job code 4 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Significant
number
::
Cashier / clerk record number (00 ~ 99)
Significant
number
::
Enable to clock-in with ignoring the schedule
QT-6600 Programming Manual
b
D10 D9
D8 D7
D6 D5
D4 D3
D2 D1
P-177
Program 6
7-2-4-16-1.
Job Code
0001-802 — Character / Record No. / File No.
12.34 — Programming (D12D11) / Pay rate/Overtime pay ratio
0002-802
0.00
COOK
00
@9999.99
00
@0.00
JOB#2
Description
Character (within a 16-digit) (No character means no setting.)
Tip declaration compulsory during clock-out operation
Choice
Significant
character
No = 0
Yes = 1
: ~:
D28 ~ D13
:
D12
;
Always “0”
D11
Significant
number
Pay rate ($0.00 ~ $9999.99)
: ~:
D10 ~ D5
;;;;
Alyays “0000”
7-2-4-16-2.
Program code
D4 D3 D2 D1
Schedule
Monday
JOB#1
(1)
Monday
JOB#2
(2)
0001-803 — Day of the week / Shift No. / Rec#~File#
000000000000 — Job character / Programming (D20 ~ D9)
00000000 — Programming (D8 ~ D1)
0002-803
000000000000
00000000
:
Description
P-178
Program code
Job code (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
Choice
Significant
number
Start time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
Significant
number
::
Start time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
Significant
number
End time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
Significant
number
End time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
Significant
number
Break time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
Significant
number
Break time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
Significant
number
Grace before start (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Significant
number
Grace after start (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Significant
number
Grace before end (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Significant
number
Grace after end (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Significant
number
::
D22 D21
D20 D19
::
D18 D17
::
D16 D15
::
D14 D13
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
7-2-4-17. Mix & match
DISCOUNT
03
01
0001-051 — Character / Coupon code / Record No. / File No
@1.00 — Parameter / Unit price
— Combi item quantity / Combi item / Character
0000
1900
0011-004 PLU012
0012-004 PLU013
:
Description
Discount type: Discount = 0, Coupon = 1
Choice
Significant
number
Type: Amount = 0, Rate = 2
Significant
number
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
D4
:
D3
;
Always ‘0”
Number of discounts (0 ~ 9: “9” means no limitation)
Program code
D2
Significant
number
:
D1
P-179
Program 6
7-2-4-18. IDC Link
0001-804
0001-004 PLU0001
0001-804
0001-026 PLU0001
— Record No. / File No. / Target Record No.-File No. / Character
1010 — Programming (D12 ~ D9)
2000
:
Description
Choice
Always “0”
Program code
;
D12
Specify IDC file
No link = 0, IDC(1) = 1, IDC(2) = 2, IDC(3) = 3
Significant
number
:
D11
;
Always “0”
D10
Target for IDC:
All transactions=0, Only item / function=1
Significant
number
:
Record No. of the target for IDC
Significant
number
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
;
Always “0”
File No. of the target for IDC *
D9
D4
Significant
number
:::
D3 D2 D1
* File No.:
PLU = 004, Subdepartment = 003, Department = 005, Free function = 002, Pulldown group = 026,
Clerk = 007, Mix & match = 051
7-2-4-19. Hourly Item link
0001-031
0001-032
P-180
0001-001 GROSS
0002-001 NET
:
— Record No. / File No. / Target Record No.-File No. / Character
7-2-4-20. Euro
00000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter
00000000
00000000
0001-099
0002-099
0003-099
1st record
Description
Choice
Significant
numbers
Exchange rate (Local ST -> Euro ST)
Significant
number (0 ~ 6)
Exchange rate decimal point: No. of digits under decimal point
Significant
number
Rounding: Cut off = 0/2, Round off = 1, Round up = 3
Program code
::::::
D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3
:
D2
:
D1
2nd record
Description
Choice
Significant
numbers
Exchange rate (Euro tender -> Local tender)
Significant
number (0 ~ 6)
Exchange rate decimal point: No. of digits under decimal point
Significant
number
Rounding: Cut off = 0/2, Round off = 1, Round up = 3
Program code
::::::
D8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3
:
D2
:
D1
3rd record
Description
Choice
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
Monetary mode of sub currency: Add 0 ~ Add 3
No = 0
Yes = 1
Open drawer even when a partial tender is performed.
Significant
number
Drawer No. for sub currency: drawer 1 = 0/1, drawer 2 = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print Euro totalizer on X/Z report.
Print change amount in the foreign currency.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Changing currency: main = 0, sub = 2
b
Significant
number
Monetary symbol in seven segment display: E = 0, L = 4
c
Significant
number
Print total in sub currency while finalizing.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print tax in sub currency while finalizing.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print tender in sub currency while finalizing.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Program code
:
D6
:
D5
:
D4
:
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
P-181
Program 6
7-2-4-21. Auto program control
0902 01 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
0999 01
0001-905
0002-905
:
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 65 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-22. Screen color
000001230001 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
000000000000
0001-906
0002-906
:
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 66 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-23. Check window
00000000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
00000000000000
0001-115
0001-115
:
Description
Check No. (0 ~ 99999)
Significant
numbers
Key type (00 ~ 83)
Significant
numbers
Key bitmap link (0000 ~ 0300)
Significant
numbers
Always “00”
Key type:
• No key is assigned = 00
• Single size rectangular key = 10
• Double size rectangular key
: 20
: 21 : 30
: 31
• Quadruple size rectangular key
: 40
: 41
: 42
: 43
• Single size circular key = 50
• Double size circular key
: 60
: 61
: 70
: 71
• Quadruple size circular key
: 80
: 81
: 82
:83
P-182
Choice
Program code
:::::
D13 D12 D11 D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::::
D6 D5 D4 D3
;;
D2 D1
7-2-4-24. Customer group
CUST GP 01
0001-042
00
00000000
00
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
0000000000
DISCOUNT(1)
DISCOUNT(2)
DISCOUNT(3)
DISCOUNT(4)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Descriptor / Record No. / File No.
not used
Credit limit amount
Parameter 1
Discount (1) descriptor / Parameter 2
Discount (2) descriptor / Parameter 3
Discount (3) descriptor / Parameter 4
not used
not used
CUST GP 02
:
Parameter 1
Description
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print customer name on receipt.
a
Print customer address on receipt.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print customer name on receipt.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print customer receipt on order.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print customer address on order.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print customer name on order.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
(a+b+c)
D1
Parameter 2
Description
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 4
Program code
Integer part of ST discount rate (00 ~ 99)
Significant
numbers
::
Decimal part of ST discount rate (00 ~ 99)
Significant
numbers
::
Prepared tax status
:
D7
D6 D5
D4 D3
;;
Always “00”
D2 D1
Parameter 3
Description
Program code
Integer part of selective item 1 discount rate (0 ~ 99)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Decimal part of selective item 1 discount rate (00 ~ 99)
Significant
numbers
::
::
D6 D5
D4 D3
;;
Always “00”
D2 D1
Parameter 4
Description
Program code
Integer part of selective item 2 discount rate (0 ~ 99)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Decimal part of selective item 2 discount rate (00 ~ 99)
Significant
numbers
::
Always “00”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
::
D6 D5
D4 D3
;;
D2 D1
P-183
Program 6
7-2-4-25. CF X/Z conversion table
000000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter
000000000000
0001-087
0002-087
:
7-2-4-26. Keyboard color theme
000000000000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
000000000000000000
0001-908
0002-908
:
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 70 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-27. Keyboard color definition
000000000000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
000000000000000000
0001-907
0002-907
:
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 71 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-28. TCP/IP
000000000000 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter *
000000000000
0001-900
0002-900
:
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet on page 71 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-29. FTP Login Name
0001-911
0002-911
ABCDEFGHIJ
**********
1234567890 — Record No. / File No. / Login name / Password
nnnnnnnnnn
:
7-2-4-30. FTP Server Name
0001-912
Title Name of FTP sv
123123123123
Login ID
Password
Folder Name
—
—
—
—
—
Record No. / File No. / Title name
IP address
Login ID
Password
Folder name
:
7-2-4-31. FTP Trans File
Title of Trans Files — Record No. / File No. / Title name
00000000 — Parameter*
Receive file name — Receive file name
0001-913
:
* Refer to the programming screen on page 73 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-4-32. PC keyboard
0000 0000 0000 00 — Record No. / File No. / Parameter*
0000 0000 0000 00
0001-374
0002-374
:
* Refer to the programming screen on page 73 in PGM 3 mode.
P-184
7-2-5
Clerk
7-2-5-1. Clerk feature
C01
01-067
02-067
03-067
04-067
05-067
06-067
07-067
08-067
09-067
10-067
11-067
068
069
C02
0001-007
0001
00
000111
0000040000
00000000000000
0000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
00000000
000000000000
0002-007
0002
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Clerk name / Record No. / File No.
Clerk secret code
Drawer No.
Check No. for clerk interrupt
Refer to the record 01-067 †
Refer to the record 02-067 †
Refer to the record 03-067 †
Refer to the record 04-067 †
Refer to the record 05-067 †
Refer to the record 06-067 †
Refer to the record 07-067 †
Refer to the record 08-067 †
Refer to the record 09-067 †
Refer to the record 10-067 †
not used
Commission rate †
Table range †
†
Refer to the record format below.
:
:
Table range
Description
Minimum value for table range (1 ~ 999999)
(“0” means no programming.)
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
Maximum value for table range (1 ~ 999999)
(“0” means no programming.)
Significant
numbers
::::::
Choice
Significant
numbers
(with decimal)
Significant
numbers
(with decimal)
Program code
::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Commission rate
Description
Commission rate 1 (0.01 ~ 99.99%)
Commission rate 2 (0.01 ~ 99.99%)
::::
D8 D7 D6 D5
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Flat fee: D8 ~ D1 = Amount
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-185
Program 6
Record 01-067
Description
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 4
Check number compulsory
Table number compulsory
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Number of customer compulsory
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Guest receipt automatic issuance (at finalization)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Guest receipt compulsory
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Slip auto-batch print compulsory (at finalization)
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Slip auto-batch print compulsory (at new balance)
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Clerk attribution:
Cashier = 0, Clerk = 1, Manager = 2
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
Training clerk
Enable to open check created by other clerk
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Disable to sign on
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Sign off at finalization
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Eat-in / Takeout compulsory
P-186
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
D7
:
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
D4
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b)
D3
;
Always “0”
Void operation:
Complete void = 0, Current transaction = 1, Not allowed = 2
:
;
Always “0”
Seat number compulsory
Program code
D2
Significant
number
:
D1
Record 02-067
Description
Default check No. window: Add-on check type = 00,
Table layout type 01 ~ 19 = 01 ~ 19, Full screen type 1 ~ 3 = 21~23
Choice
Significant
numbers
Enable to use 1st menu sheet.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to use 2nd menu sheet.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to use 3rd menu sheet.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to use 4th menu sheet.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to use 5th menu sheet.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to use 6th menu sheet.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to use 7th menu sheet.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to use 8th menu sheet.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to use 9th menu sheet.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to use 10th menu sheet.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to use 11th menu sheet.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to use 12th menu sheet.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to use 13th menu sheet.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to use 14th menu sheet.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to use 15th menu sheet.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Program code
::
D14 D13
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
Default shift PLU menu number after sign on. (0 ~ 8)
(Do not set the disabled menu No.) (“0” means the first menu.)
Significant
number
Default menu sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 15)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.) (“0” means the first sheet.)
Significant
number
Default price shift number after sign on. (0 ~ 2)
(Do not set the disabled No.) (“0” means the first unit price.)
Significant
number
:
Status / stay down menu sheet assignment:
Status = 0, Stay down = 1, Stay down for the same receipt = 2
Significant
number
:
Status / stay down @ menu sheet assignment:
Status = 0, Stay down = 1, Stay down for the same receipt = 2
Significant
number
:
Always “0”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
D7
::
D6 D5
D4
D3
D2
;
D1
P-187
Program 6
Record 03-067
Description
Choice
Enable to operate in REG mode.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate in REF mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate in REG– mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
D9
Enable to operate in PGM1 mode.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate in PGM2 mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate in PGM3 mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate in PGM4 mode.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate in PGM5 mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate in PGM6 mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
(a+b+c)
D7
D6
Enable to operate in X/Z mode.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate in Manager mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate in collection / consolidation mode.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate in Auto-PGM mode
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
;;
Always “00”
P-188
:
(a+b+c)
D8
;
Always “0”
Default mode after sign on:
REG = 0, PGM1 = 1, X/Z = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D10
;
Always “0”
Enable to operate in CF card Auto-PGM mode
Program code
D3 D2
Significant
number
:
D1
Record 04-067
Description
Enable to operate cash.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate charge.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate check.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate credit.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate food stamp tender.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate new balance.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate EBT tender.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate price inquiry.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate stock inquiry.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate text recall.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate text print.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate check print.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate clerk transfer.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate table transfer.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate tip.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate normal receipt.
Enable to operate loan.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate received on account.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate paid out.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate pick up.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate coupon.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate deposit.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate minus.
b
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate percent minus.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate plus.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate percent plus.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate refund.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate coupon 2.
Yes = 0
No = 4
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
D2
:
D1
P-189
Program 6
Record 05-067
Description
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate validation.
a
Enable to operate receipt.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate check endorse.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate non-add.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate non-add / no sale.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate no sale.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate No. of customer
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate arrangement.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate currency exchange.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate VAT.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate bill copy.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b)
D9
D8
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate slip back feed / release.
P-190
:
(a+b+c)
D12
;
Always “0”.
Enable to operate slip print.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate slip feed / release.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate tax status shift.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate table number.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate food stamp status shift.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate money declaration.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate tax exempt.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate menu shift.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate shift PLU.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate open.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate preset open.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate [email protected]
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate [email protected]
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
:
D1
Record 06-067
Description
Choice
Enable to operate operator X/Z.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate tray total.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate subtotal.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate receipt on / off.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate TA/ST.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate operator No.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate MD/ST.
a
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate FSST.
b
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate X.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate X / For.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate X / XX.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate X/XXX.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate Ketten Bon.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate selective item ST.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate old check.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate new / old check.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate add check.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b)
D8
:
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
;
Always “0”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
(a+b+c)
D11
D6 D5
Enable to operate new check.
Enable to operate coupon No.
:
(a+b+c)
D12
;;
Always “00”
Enable to operate separate check.
Program code
D2
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D1
P-191
Program 6
Record 07-067
Description
Enable to operate substitution.
Enable to operate house Bon.
a
b
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 4
D11
Enable to operate operator open check.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate media change.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate seat number.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate display on / off.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate REG mode.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate X/Z mode
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate PGM mode.
Enable to operate post entry.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate round repeat.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate eat-in.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate takeout.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate store.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate recall.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate electronic journal display.
P-192
:
(a+b)
D12
;
Always “0”
Enable to operate home position.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate display mode change.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate dutch account.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate customer No.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate payment.
Program code
Enable to operate all void of this transaction.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate all void from the top of this receipt.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b)
D3
:
D2
:
D1
Record 08-067
Description
Choice
Enable to operate price.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate PLU No.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate subdepartment No.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate department No.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate list No.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate flat PLU.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate department key.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate subdepartment key.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate list key.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate search key.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate order character change key.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate price change.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate NLU.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate NFP.
a
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate work time.
b
Yes = 0
No = 4
Always “0000”
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
(a+b+c)
D10
:
(a+b+c)
D9
:
(a+b)
D8
:
(a+b)
D7
;
Always “0”
Enable to operate function list.
Program code
D6
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-193
Program 6
Record 09-067
Description
Enable to operate arrange group 1.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate arrange group 2.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate arrange group 3.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate arrange group 4.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate arrange group 5.
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D12
:
(a+b+c)
D11
Always “0000”
;;;;
Always “0000”
;;;;
The tone when this clerk signs on. (“00”: no sound file)
(The last 2-digit of the appropriate record No. of the sound file)
P-194
Choice
D10 D9 D8 D7
D6 D5 D4 D3
Significant
number (00~09)
::
D2 D1
Record 10-067
Description
Enable to issue daily X report.
a
Choice
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue daily Z report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to issue periodic 1 X report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue periodic 1 Z report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to issue periodic 2 X report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue periodic 2 Z report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b)
D11
:
(a+b)
D10
D9
Enable to issue batch X/Z 1 report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue batch X/Z 2 report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to issue batch X/Z 3 report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to issue batch X/Z 4 report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue batch X/Z 5 report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to issue batch X/Z 6 report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to issue batch X/Z 7 report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue batch X/Z 8 report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to issue batch X/Z 9 report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to issue batch X/Z 10 report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue employee X/Z report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to issue employee edit report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to issue operator X report.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b)
D4
;;
Always “00”
D3 D2
Enable to issue X/Z report by file.
a
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue individual key / item X/Z report.
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to issue other individual X/Z report.
c
Yes = 0
No = 4
QT-6600 Programming Manual
:
(a+b)
D12
;
Always “0”
Enable to issue operator Z report.
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D1
P-195
Program 6
Record 11-067
Description
Check No. (0 - 999999)
Significant
numbers
Key type (00 - 83)
Significant
numbers
Key bitmap link (00 - 99)
Significant
numbers
Key type:
• No key is assigned = 00
• Normal size rectangular key = 10
• Double size rectangular key
: 20
: 21 : 30
: 31
• Quadruple size rectangular key
: 40
: 41
: 42
: 43
• Normal size circular key = 50
• Double size circular key
: 60
: 61
: 70
: 71
• Quadruple size circular key
: 80
: 81
: 82
:83
P-196
Choice
Program code
::::::
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
7-2-5-2. Clerk detail
0001-030
0002-030
0003-030
— Record No. / File No. / Detailed total record No. / File No. / Character
0001-001 GROSS
0002-001 NET
0003-001 CAID
7-2-5-3. Clerk key ID (I-Button key ID)
1234567890AB
C01
12362458DA79
C02
0001-027 — Key ID. / Record No. / File No.
0000000001 — Clerk name / Clerk record No.
0002-027
0000000002
7-2-5-4. Clerk pop-up window
000000000000 — Record No. / File No. /Parameter
000000000000
0001-117
0002-117
:
Description
Choice
Clerk record No. (0 ~ 99)
Significant
numbers
Key type (00 ~ 83)
Significant
numbers
Key color link (00 ~ 99)
Significant
numbers
Key bitmap link (0000 ~ 1000)
Significant
numbers
Always “00”
Program code
::
D12 D11
::
D10 D9
::
D8 D7
::::
D6 D5 D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Key type:
• No key is assigned = 00
• Single size rectangular key = 10
• Double size rectangular key
: 20
: 21 : 30
: 31
• Quadruple size rectangular key
: 40
: 41
: 42
: 43
• Single size circular key = 50
• Double size circular key
: 60
: 61
: 70
: 71
• Quadruple size circular key
: 80
: 81
: 82
:83
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-197
Program 6
7-2-6
Key feature
7-2-6-1. PLU
PLU0001
0001-004
00000000000000000000
11-066
000000
12-066
000000
13-066
0000
14-066
0
0
15-066
@0.00
16-066
00
17-066
00
20-066
00000000
21-066
000000000000
22-066
000000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PLU descriptor / Record No. / File No.
Elementary program †
Refer to the field 11-066 †
Refer to the field 12-066 †
Refer to the field 13-066 †
Refer to the field 14-066-1 †
Refer to the field 14-066-2 †
Refer to the field 15-066 †
Refer to the field 16-066 †
Refer to the field 17-066 †
Refer to the field 20-066 †
Refer to the field 21-066 †
not used
—
—
—
—
PLU 2nd @ descriptor / Record No. / File No.
Elementary program †
Refer to the field 11-066 †
Refer to the field 12-066 †
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Subdepartment descriptor / Record No. / File No.
Elementary program †
Refer to the field 11-066 †
Refer to the field 15-066 †
Refer to the field 16-066 †
Refer to the field 17-066 †
Refer to the field 20-066 †
Refer to the field 21-066 †
Color definition table record No.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Department descriptor / Record No. / File No.
Elementary program †
Refer to the field 11-066 †
Refer to the field 15-066 †
Refer to the field 16-066 †
Refer to the field 17-066 †
Refer to the field 20-066 †
Refer to the field 21-066 †
Color definition table record No.
PLU0002
7-2-6-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001
PLU0002
0001-054
00000000000000000000
11-066
000000
12-066
000000
0002-054
00000000000000000000
11-066
000000
12-066
000000
PLU0003
7-2-6-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01
0001-003
00000000000000000000
11-066
000000
15-066
@0.00
16-066
00
17-066
00
20-066
00000000
21-066
000000000000
22-066
00
SUBDEPT02
7-2-6-4. Department
DEPT01
0001-005
00000000000000000000
11-066
000000
15-066
@0.00
16-066
00
17-066
00
20-066
00000000
21-066
000000000000
22-066
00
DEPT02
†
P-198
Refer to the field formats on the following pages.
Elementary program
Description
Hotel category No. (0 ~ 7)
Choice
Significant
number
Tare link (0 ~ 9)
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable to register manual scale
Significant
number
Single item control:
Normal receipt = 0, Single item receipt = 3
Selective item status 1
Selective item status 2
a
b
Normal / condiment / preparation
Normal item = 0, Condiment = 1, Preparation = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
U.S., Singapore:
No = 0
Yes = 1
Food stamp status (except for Singapore)
Taxable status 1
a
Taxable status 2
b
Taxable status 3
c
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
D15
:
D14
:
D13
:
D12
:
(a+b)
D11
:
D10
:
D9
:
(a+b+c)
D8
Canada:
Significant
number
Donuts tax = 1, No Donuts tax = 0
Taxable 1 = 1, Taxable 2 = 2, Taxable 3 = 3, Taxable 4 = 4
Taxable 1 & 2 = 5, Taxable 1 & 3 = 6, Taxable 1 & 4 = 7
Non taxable = 0
Other area:
Significant
number
Significant
numbers
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation is possible.)
a
Full hash
b
Open PLU
c
Enable 0 unit price.
a
Enable negative price.
b
Hash
c
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Yes = 0
No = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
D9
:
D8
::
D9 D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
P-199
Program 6
Description
Register by unit price of pulldown main item.
(i.e. ignore sub item unit price)
a
Use premium item of pulldown set.
b
Scalable
c
Choice
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
number
Low digit limitation (LDL) for manually entered unit price.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Round repeatable
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Commission 1
a
Commission 2
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Prepared tax status: Prepared = 0, Non prepared = 4
c
Significant
number
Item follows department
a
No = 0
Yes = 2
Rollup condiment
Block/ Close item
b
No = 0
Yes = 4
Program code
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
D4
;
(a+b)
D3
:
(a+b+c)
D2
;
(a+b)
D1
Field 11-066
Description
Choice
Link subdepartment record number
Significant
numbers
Link department record number
Significant
numbers
Link group record number
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D6 D5
::
D4 D3
::
D2 D1
Field 12-066
Description
Choice
Significant
numbers
PLU random code
Program code
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Field 13-066
Description
Set menu table number
P-200
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
::::
D4 D3 D2 D1
Field 14-066-1
Description
Unit stock quantity (0.001 ~ 99.999)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
:::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
;
Always “0”
D1
Field 14-066-2
Description
Minimum stock quantity (0.001 ~ 99.999)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
:::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
;
Always “0”
D1
Field 15-066
Description
High amount limit for entering unit price manually.
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Field 16-066
Description
Order character record number (00 ~ 99)
Choice
Significant
numbers
Program code
::
D2 D1
Field 17-066
Description
Number of Bon receipts (1 ~ 9)
(If “0”, no Bon is issued.)
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Choice
Significant
number
Program code
:
D1
P-201
Program 6
Field 20-066
Description
Order printing color:
1 ormal : UP-400/360, 2 Reverse: UP-400/360
Print out to order printer #1.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print out to order printer #2.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print out to order printer #3.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print out to order printer #4.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print out to order printer #5.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print out to order printer #6.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print out to order printer #7.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print out to order printer #8.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print out to order printer #9.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print out to order printer #10.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print out to order printer #11.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print out to order printer #12.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print out to order printer #13.
a
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print out to order printer #14.
b
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print out to order printer #15.
c
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print out to order printer #16.
Always “0”
P-202
Choice
1=0
2=1
No = 0
Yes = 1
Program code
:
D8
:
(a+b+c)
D7
:
(a+b+c)
D6
:
(a+b+c)
D5
:
(a+b+c)
D4
:
(a+b+c)
D3
:
D2
;
D1
Field 21-066
Description
Choice
Pulldown group record number (1)
Significant
numbers
Pulldown group record number (2)
Significant
numbers
Pulldown group record number (3)
Significant
numbers
Pulldown group record number (4)
Significant
numbers
Program code
:::
D12 D11 D10
:::
D9 D8 D7
:::
D6 D5 D4
:::
D3 D2 D1
Field 22-066
Description
Color link number (record No. of color link file: File-906)
(“00 ~ 11” is treated as “03”.)
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
::
D2 D1
7-2-6-5. Function key
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
CASH
CHARGE
CREDIT
%+
CLEAR
:
00000000000000000000 — Record No. / Key descriptor / Parameter *
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000
* Parameter: Refer to the worksheet of each function key on page 94 ~ 117 in PGM 3 mode.
7-2-6-6. Scanning PLU file
#49177008
ScanPLU0001
2nd Price
3rd Price
4th Price
5th Price
6th Price
7th Price
:
$12.34
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Scanning PLU code
Descriptor/ Unit price
2nd shift unit price
3rd shift unit price
4th shift unit price
5th shift unit price
6th shift unit price
7th shift unit price
7-2-6-7. Additional PLU character
#000001 PLU0001
— PLU No./ PLU descriptor
PLU0001 replacing chara
— Additional PLU character
Replace PLU Character
NO
Print on
Display/Rct/Order
#000002 PLU0002
:
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-203
Program 6
7-2-7
Keyboard
001.CLK#1
0001
002.CLK#2
0002
003.RC
0003
002 072 — Hard key code / Key descriptor / Record No. / File No. / Function code
50010000 — Key type / Color link / Bitmap link
002 072
50010000
002 020
:
7-2-8
Memory allocation
FILE001
FILE002
FILE003
26
10
42
10
63
85
200
10
:
:
:
RAM
P-204
DL
CL
DL
CL
DL
P1
CL
P1
CL
--
P2 WK
CL
P2 WK
CL
-- --
— File No. / Length / Number of records / DL / P1 / P2 / WK
— Length / CL / CL / CL
DL: Daily total / PGM / work area, P1: Periodic 1 total
P2: Periodic 2 total, WK: Consolidation work
CL: Consolidation area of above file
“--” means no file allocation.
“*” means the file allocated in the flash memory.
153728 — Remaining RAM capacity
Appendix
Main display part field area / window meaning
Main window (Header, Scroll, Entry, Status/ST area)
Header area
character
back ground
Scroll area
character
back ground
Entry area
character
back ground
Status/ST area
character
back ground
Frame window
Frame
Window title area
back ground
character
Body area
character
back ground
Message window/Error window
Frame
Body area
character
back ground
Guidance area
Body area
character
back ground
Note: These images are printing samples. The displaying color images are different from above samples.
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-205
Appendix
Color palette for display part
(256) (255) (254) (253) (252) (251) (250) (249) (248) (247) (246) (245) (244) (243) (242) (241)
(240) (239) (238) (237) (236) (235) (234) (233) (232) (231) (230) (229) (228) (227) (226) (225)
(224) (223) (222) (221) (220) (219) (218) (217) (216) (215) (214) (213) (212) (211) (210) (209)
(208) (207) (206) (205) (204) (203) (202) (201) (200) (199) (198) (197) (196) (195) (194) (193)
(192) (191) (190) (189) (188) (187) (186) (185) (184) (183) (182) (181) (180) (179) (178) (177)
(176) (175) (174) (173) (172) (171) (170) (169) (168) (167) (166) (165) (164) (163) (162) (161)
(160) (159) (158) (157) (156) (155) (154) (153) (152) (151) (150) (149) (148) (147) (146) (145)
(144) (143) (142) (141) (140) (139) (138) (137) (136) (135) (134) (133) (132) (131) (130) (129)
(128) (127) (126) (125) (124) (123) (122) (121) (120) (119) (118) (117) (116) (115) (114) (113)
(112) (111) (110) (109) (108) (107) (106) (105) (104) (103) (102) (101) (100) (099) (098) (097)
(096) (095) (094) (093) (092) (091) (090) (089) (088) (087) (086) (085) (084) (083) (082) (081)
(080) (079) (078) (077) (076) (075) (074) (073) (072) (071) (070) (069) (068) (067) (066) (065)
(064) (063) (062) (061) (060) (059) (058) (057) (056) (055) (054) (053) (052) (051) (050) (049)
(048) (047) (046) (045) (044) (043) (042) (041) (040) (039) (038) (037) (036) (035) (034) (033)
(032) (031) (030) (029) (028) (027) (026) (025) (024) (023) (022) (021) (020) (019) (018) (017)
(016) (015) (014) (013) (012) (011) (010) (009) (008) (007) (006) (005) (004) (003) (002) (001)
P-206
Index
Index .............................................................................................. P-207
Program 1 mode Hierarchy ........................................................................................... P-211
Program 2 mode Hierarchy ........................................................................................... P-211
Program 4 mode Hierarchy ........................................................................................... P-211
Program 3 mode Hierarchy .......................................................................................... P-212
Program 6 mode Hierarchy .......................................................................................... P-214
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-207
Index
A
add check P-25
add mode P-35
alphabet key P-126
amount symbol P-134
arrangement P-21, P-25, P-33, P-79, P-151
arrangement control P-85
Australian GST control P-67
auto program control P-18, P-65, P-182
B
backspace key P-127
batch X/Z P-21, P-33, P-151
bill copy P-25
break-in / out P-25
C
Canadian tax P-35
cancel P-25
cash amount tendered P-25
CF X/Z conversion table P-184
character conversion for CF P-22
character conversion table P-70
character key table P-18
character programming keyboard P-126
character recall P-21
charge P-25
check detail P-20
check endorsement P-25
check index P-20
check print P-21, P-25, P-49, P-175
check tender P-25
check tracking P-46
check window P-68, P-182
check# popup window definition P-22
circular key P-26
clerk P-20
clerk control P-75, P-81
clerk detail P-86, P-197
clerk feature P-185
clerk interrupt P-46
clerk key ID P-87, P-197
clerk number P-25
clerk pop-up window definition P-22
clerk transfer P-25
clerk window P-87, P-197
clock-in / out P-25
commission rate P-80, P-86, P-185
communication control P-41
condiment P-45, P-88
consecutive number P-18
coupon P-25
coupon2 P-25
covers P-25
credit P-25
cube P-25
currency exchange P-25
customer P-21
customer control P-69
customer count P-134
P-208
customer group P-21, P-69, P-183
customer ID number P-25
customer title P-21, P-136, P-149, P-150
D
declaration P-25
delete key P-126
department P-18, P-25, P-130, P-141, P-142, P-147, P148, P-198
department number P-25
deposit P-25
discount P-25
display area color definition P-18
display buffer P-21
display control P-47
display mode P-25
double key P-26
double size letter key P-126
Dutch account P-25
E
eat-in P-25
EBT tender P-25
electronic journal P-21
electronic journal display P-25
employee P-20, P-62, P-177
endorsement P-21, P-135, P-149
enter key P-127
error correct P-25
ESC/SKIP key P-127
Euro P-22, P-64, P-181
F
first unit price P-25
fixed totalizer P-18, P-39, P-133, P-149
flag clear P-11
flat PLU P-25
food stamp status shift P-25
food stamp subtotal P-25
food stamp system P-35
food stamp tender P-25
foreign currency P-134
ftp P-18, P-34, P-71, P-72, P-184
function control P-77, P-78, P-79, P-82, P-83, P-84
function key P-130, P-142, P-147, P-148, P-203
G
general control P-21
grand total P-19
graphic logo P-21
group P-19, P-133, P-149
GT P-136, P-149
guest receipt message P-132
H
hourly item P-20
hourly item link P-63, P-180
hourly labor P-20
hourly sales P-19, P-41
house Bon P-25
I
O
I/O parameter P-18, P-55, P-176
IDC P-21
IDC link P-64, P-180
INIT2 P-11
initialization P-8
inline P-55
insert key P-126
intelligent electronic journal P-21
item descriptors by range P-130
item search P-25
job code P-20, P-61, P-178
journal control P-42
OBR P-25
old check P-25
online P-55
open P-25
open check P-25
open2 P-25
operator number P-25
operator read / reset P-25
order character P-21, P-148
order character change P-25
order character link P-132
order control P-44
order of date P-35
order print P-88, P-90
K
P
Ketten Bon P-25
key allocation P-24
keyboard P-204
keyboard color definition P-18, P-71, P-184
keyboard color theme P-18, P-70, P-184
paid out P-25
payment P-25
physical key table P-18
pick up P-25
PLU P-18, P-25, P-129, P-140, P-142, P-147, P-148, P198
PLU [email protected] P-21, P-129, P-140, P-142, P-147, P-148, P198
PLU [email protected] feature P-89
PLU feature P-88
plus P-25
post entry P-25
premium P-25
preparation P-88
presetting date P-140
presetting time P-140
price P-25
price inquiry P-25
print buffer P-21
print control P-38
printer connection table P-18, P-59, P-176
pulldown group P-21, P-32, P-131, P-143, P-150
J
L
left cursor key P-126
list P-25, P-32
list link P-90
list number P-25
loan P-25
location change P-25
lock out unused key P-25
M
magnetic card reader P-57
media change P-25
memory allocation P-14, P-204
menu level character P-22
menu shift P-25, P-47
menu shift / [email protected] P-76, P-81
menu title P-136, P-138, P-149
merchandise subtotal P-25
message control P-43
minus P-25
mode control P-76, P-82
mode key P-25
money declaration P-36, P-37
monthly sales P-19
multiplication P-25, P-134
N
new / old check P-25
new balance P-25
new check P-25
no sale P-25
non-add P-25
non-add / no sale P-25
normal receipt P-25
number of customer P-25
QT-6600 Programming Manual
Q
quadruple key P-26
quantity / for P-25
R
random code P-40
random PLU P-36
recall P-25
receipt P-25
receipt / slip message P-21
receipt message P-132, P-148
receipt on / off P-25
received on account P-25
rectangular key P-26
refund P-25
registration buffer P-21
P-209
Index
remote display P-56
remote printer P-55
report control P-39, P-40
report header P-21, P-135, P-149
right cursor key P-126
round repeat P-25
rounding P-35, P-36, P-37, P-39, P-50, P-61, P-64, P133
S
scanner P-56
scanning PLU link P-203
schedule P-20, P-62, P-178
scheduler P-21, P-48, P-175
seat number P-25
second unit price P-25
selective item subtotal P-25
separate check P-25
set menu P-21, P-33, P-45, P-151
shift key P-126
shift PLU P-20, P-25, P-143
Singaporian tax P-35
single item P-88, P-90
slip back feed / release P-25
slip control P-42
slip feed / release P-25
slip message P-132
slip print P-25
slip printer P-57
sound P-22
sound control P-47
space key P-126
special character P-21, P-134, P-149
split pricing P-134
square P-25
stock inquiry P-25
store P-25
subdepartment P-18, P-25, P-129, P-141, P-142, P147, P-148, P-198
subdepartment feature P-90
subdepartment number P-25
substitution P-25
subtotal P-25
system connection P-18, P-54, P-176
system error log P-18
T
table analysis P-19, P-20, P-50, P-175
table number P-25
table range P-80, P-86, P-185
table sharing P-25
table transfer P-25
takeout P-25
tax exempt P-25
tax status shift P-25
tax system P-35
tax table P-21, P-50, P-176
taxable amount subtotal P-25
taxable status P-89
P-210
taxable symbol P-134
TCP/IP P-18, P-71, P-72, P-184
text print P-25
text recall P-25, P-132, P-148
time & attendance P-20, P-61
time zone P-20, P-60, P-177
tip P-25
touch screen key table P-18
transaction key P-18
tray total P-25
U
U.S. tax P-35
V
validation P-25
VAT P-25, P-35, P-40
VAT & VAT P-52, P-53
void P-25
void reason P-19
void table P-54, P-176
W
work time
P-20
X
X/Z report control P-85
Program 1 mode Hierarchy
PLU —————————————————————————————————— Unit price/Q’ty ————— Program 1
PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————————
PLU & PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————
Subdepartment ———————————————————————————
Department —————————————————————————————
PLU by range ——————————————— Range —————————
PLU 2nd @ by range ————————
Subdepartment by range ———————
Department by range ————————
PLU-DEPT-PGM ——————————
PLU [email protected] Copy ——————————————————————————
Amount/Rate to key —————————————————————————
Shift PLU ——————————————————————————————
Pulldown Group ———————————————————————————
PLU-DEPT-PGM ——————————————————————————
Program 2 mode Hierarchy
PLU —————————————————————————————————— Item descriptor ————— Program 2
PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————————
Subdepartment ———————————————————————————
Department —————————————————————————————
PLU by range ——————————————— Range —————————
PLU 2nd @ by range ————————
Subdepartment by range ———————
Department by range ————————
PLU –> 2nd @ copy —————————————————————————
Character & press key ————————————————————————
Pulldown Group ———————————————————————————
Receipt/Slip message —————————————————————————— Character & message —
Text recall —————————————————————————————
Order character link —————————————————————————
Fixed totalizer ————————————————————————————
Group character ———————————————————————————
Special character ——————————————————————————
Report header ———————————————————————————
Endorse message ——————————————————————————
GT character ————————————————————————————
Customer title ————————————————————————————
Menu title —————————————————————————————
Sign off reasons ———————————————————————————
Program 4 mode Hierarchy
Key assign ——————————————————————————————— Keyboard ——————— Program 4
Key move —————————————————————————————
Key attribute ————————————————————————————
Key delete —————————————————————————————
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-211
Index
Program 3 mode Hierarchy
Pulldown group ————————————————————————————— Machine feature ————— Program 3
Set menu table ———————————————————————————
Arrangement ————————————————————————————
Batch X/Z —————————————————————————————
Machine control 1 ~ 4 ————————— General feature ———————
Print control —————————
Report control 1, 2 ———————
Communication ————————
Hourly sales —————————
SLIP/Guest ——————————
Journal control ————————
Message control ———————
Order control —————————
Set menu/condiment ——————
Check tracking ————————
Clerk interrupt —————————
Display control ————————
Menu shift ——————————
Sound ————————————
External devices ———————
Scheduler —————————————————————————————
Check print —————————————————————————————
Table analysis ————————————————————————————
Tax table ——————————————————————————————
Void table —————————————————————————————
System connection —————————————————————————
I/O parameter ————————————————————————————
Printer connection ——————————————————————————
Time Zone —————————————————————————————
General ——————————————— Time & Attendance —————
Job Code ———————————
Employee & Schedule —————
Hourly Item Link ———————————————————————————
Mix & match ————————————————————————————
IDC Link ——————————————————————————————
Euro (Sub Currency) —————————————————————————
Auto Progam Control ————————————————————————
Screen color ————————————————————————————
Aust features ————————————————————————————
22nd address ————————————————————————————
Check window ———————————————————————————
Customer control ——————————————————————————
Customer group ———————————————————————————
CF X/Z conversion ——————————————————————————
Color theme ————————————————————————————
Color definition ———————————————————————————
TCP/IP ———————————————————————————————
External device number ———————————————————————
Additional order control ————————————————————————
FTP Login Name ——————————————————————————
FTP Server Name ——————————————————————————
FTP Trans File ———————————————————————————
PC keyboard ————————————————————————————
P-212
Clerk feature —————————————————————————————— Clerk —————————— Program 3
Clerk control ————————————— Operation (individual) ————
Menu shift/[email protected] ———————
Range (by range)
Mode control —————————
Allowed function 1 ~ 5 —————
Arrangement —————————
Report ————————————
Commission rate ——————————— Operation (Individual) ————
Table range ——————————
Range (by range)
Clerk detail —————————————————————————————
Clerk key ID ————————————————————————————
Clerk window ————————————————————————————
PLU ————————————————— Operation (Individual) —————— Key feature —————
PLU 2nd @ ——————————
Range (by range)
Subdepartment ————————
Department ——————————
Additional item program ———————— Range (by range) ——————
Receipt type ————————————— Individual program —————
Item type ———————————
Group link ——————————
Department link ————————
Subdepartment link ——————
Taxable status ————————
Prepared tax status ——————
Commission —————————
Selective item —————————
Order color ——————————
Order printer #1 ~ 16 —————
Order char link ————————
No. of Bon ——————————
Unit stock ——————————
Minimum stock ————————
Set menu table ————————
List link #1 ~ 4 ————————
Open PLU ——————————
Zero unit price ————————
Negative price ————————
Hash item ——————————
Full hash item —————————
High amount limit ———————
Low digit limit —————————
Multiple validation ———————
Use main item amount —————
Use premium item of set ————
Category number ———————
Item follows dept. PGM ————
Block/ close item ———————
Color link ———————————
Scalable ———————————
Allow manual scale ——————
Tare link ———————————
Rollup condiment ———————
Round repeatable ———————
Function key ————————————————————————————
Shift PLU ——————————————————————————————
Pulldown group ———————————————————————————
Free function ————————————————————————————
Free function list ——————————————————————————
Additional PLU character ———————————————————————
Tare table —————————————————————————————
Additional item program ———————————————————————
Direct maintenance ——————————————————————————— Scanning system ——
Batch maintenance —————————————————————————
Multi EAN file ————————————————————————————
NLU table —————————————————————————————
Non PLU table ———————————————————————————
Scan Mix & match ——————————————————————————
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-213
Index
Program 6 mode Hierarchy
PLU unit price ————————————
PLU 2nd @ ———————————
Subdepartment unit price —————
Department unit price ——————
Function key rate/price ——————
Unit price & quantity ——————— Program read report —— Program 6
PLU ————————————————
PLU 2nd @ ———————————
Subdepartment —————————
Department ———————————
Function key ——————————
Item descriptor ————————
Receipt/Slip message ————————
Text recall ———————————
Order character link ———————
Fixed totalizer character —————
Group character —————————
Special character ————————
Report header —————————
Endorse message ————————
GT character ——————————
Customer title ——————————
Menu title ———————————
Sign off reason —————————
Character & message —————
Pulldown group ———————————
Set menu table —————————
Arrangement ——————————
Batch X/Z ———————————
General feature —————————
Scheduler ———————————
Check print ———————————
Table analysis ——————————
Tax table ————————————
Void table ———————————
System connection ———————
I/O parameter ——————————
Printer connection ————————
Time zone ———————————
Time & Attendance ———————
Hourly item link —————————
Mix & match ——————————
IDC link ————————————
Euro (Sub Currency) ———————
Auto Program Control ——————
Screen Color ——————————
Check window —————————
Customer group —————————
CF X/Z conversion table —————
Color theme ——————————
Color definition —————————
External device number —————
Additional order control ——————
FTP Login Name ————————
FTP Server Name ————————
FTP Trans File —————————
PC keyboard ——————————
Machine feature ———————
Clerk feature ————————————
Clerk detail ———————————
Clerk Key ID ——————————
Clerk window ——————————
Clerk ————————————
PLU feature ————————————
PLU 2nd @ feature ———————
Subdepartment feature ——————
Department feature ———————
Function key feature ———————
Shift PLU ————————————
Free function list ————————
Scanning PLU file ————————
Additional PLU character —————
Key feature —————————
Keyboard ——————————————————————————————
Memory allocation ——————————————————————————
P-214
QT-6600 Programming Manual
P-215
c
CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.
6-2, Hon-machi 1-chome
Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 151-8543, Japan
MA0811-A
Printed in Japan
QT-6600PGM*E
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement